Salomon Shop Practice Manual

SHOP PRACTICES& SPARE PARTS

10/11

SalomonSports.comPrinted in Canada

SPM 11 EN.indb 1 10/14/10 4:28 PM

Rev. 01 - 101007

Cover PhotoPhotographer: Scott Markewitz.

Skier: Rick Armstrong.

2010/2011 Shop practiceS ManualThe 2010/2011 Shop Practices Manual is published by Salomon for Salomon Authorized Alpine Binding Dealers. This manual provides current technical information, certification requirements, and indem-nification information. Please keep a copy of this Manual on hand as a quick, easy, and reliable refer-ence for servicing Salomon alpine bindings. Because the content of the Manual changes every year, you should keep previous editions available as refer-ences for servicing older products. Your Salomon Certification Web site will one day provide a resource of archived material for your reference as well.

Salomon continues to be the number one winter sports brand worldwide. Our goal is to advance our breakthrough technologies featuring innovation in safety and performance binding systems.

Binding 1Alpine Binding Liability Indemnification 4

Binding Quick Reference Chart 6

retail Binding SySteMS 7Preparation 7

Installation 8

Binding-to-Boot Adjustments 14

Release Value Selection & Adjustment 15

Final Checking & Visual Inspection 17

Mechanical Inspection 18

Skier Instruction, Warning & Record Keeping 20

rental & deMo Binding SySteMS 22Preparation 22

Installation 23

Binding-to-Boot AdJustments 24

Release Value Selection & Adjustment 25

Rental Visual & Mechanical Inspection 25

Skier Instruction, Warning & Record Keeping 29

Binding Maintenance & repair 32Maintenance & Repair 32

certification prograM 34Technician Certification Exam 34

alpine SKi 38Technical Features 39

Maintenance & Repairs 43

Boot 47Standard Boot Norms 47

Technical Features 48

Salomon Foot Measurer 49

Advanced Fit Technology Liner 50

Custom Shell technology 52

Salomon Boot Technologies 54

Boot Concepts 55

Foot Anatomy And Fit 63

helMet & pole 66Helmet Technology 67

Pole Technonolgy 69

Spare partS 70

Warranty 85

contentS

SPM 11 EN.indb 2 10/14/10 4:28 PM

BindingTechnical reference for the complete line of current Salomon alpine bindings

Phot

o: A

dam

Cla

rk. S

kier

: Cod

y To

wns

end

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 1 10/14/10 4:28 PM

2010/2011 certification prograM

2010/2011 certification Kit

authorized alpine dealer requirementsWhile it is not necessary for an Authorized Location to have all of its personnel certified, sales people and managers are encouraged to remain aware of Salomon’s certification and record keeping requirements.

• SalomonAuthorizedAlpineBindingDealersmusthaveatleastoneSalomon Certified Technician working at each Authorized Location sell-ing, servicing or renting Salomon alpine bindings.

• ThetechnicianwhosignstheAuthorizedLocation’sworkshoporrentalform for any transaction must be currently Salomon alpine binding cer-tified.

• ItisanAuthorizedDealer’sresponsibilitytomaintainsufficientrecordsto identify its Certified Technicians.

Salomon provides its Authorized Alpine Binding Dealers with information contained in this publication:

1. To help assure skiers that Salomon alpine bindings are properly selected, mounted, adjusted, and serviced.

2. To serve as a risk management tool for the Authorized Dealer.

certification feesAuthorized Alpine Binding Dealers will be invoiced an administrative reg-istration fee for technician certifications.

u.S. dealers• FortheU.S.,a$12feewillbeinvoicedforeachRegistrationandExam

submitted on line at www.salomoncertification.com

• TheU.S.feeis$20foreachRegistration/ExamsubmittedbymailorfaxtoSalomon,orfortechnicianscertifiedbyanyapprovedindustrytraining program.

Fax:(801) 334-4502 Salomon Certification/Customer Service SalomonU.S.A. 2030 Lincoln Ave. Ogden,UT84401

canadian dealers• ForCanada,a$30.00feewillbeinvoicedforeachCertificationKitsenttothedealer.TechniciansmustRegisterandtaketheExamon-lineatwww.salomonhookup.ca

This manual forms part of a kit which is available each year to Salomon Authorized Binding Dealers. Enclosed in the kit you will find the neces-sary materials to certify your shop technicians for mounting and adjusting Salomon Bindings for the 2010/2011 season. This packet should have the following items:

•2010/2011 Salomon Shop Practices Manual & Spare Parts•2010/2011 Salomon Shop Practices CD (instructional video & manuals)•SkierClassificationChart•VisualIndicatorAdjustmentChart•ToeHeightAdjustmentCard

If this packet is missing any of these items, or you need any more, please contact Salomon Customer Service at 1 (800) 654-2668(intheU.S.)or1 (800) 361-3398 (in Canada).

electronic documentationAn electronic version of the 2010/2011 Shop Practices Manual is availablebothonthemediaCDincludedwiththisCertificationKitas well as online at www.salomoncertification.com(intheU.S.)orwww.salomonhookup.ca(inCanada).ThemediaCDPDFversionofthemanual is identical to the printed copy included in this kit, with the added convenienceofafullyhyperlinkedtableofcontentsandreferenceboxesforeasynavigation.TheonlinePDFversionoftheSalomonShopPracticesManual is continuously updated with the most current technical language and thus may have additions not appearing in the print version of the Salomon SPM. The printed version of the Salomon SPM is still completely valid and all procedures described within follow industry standards.

Media cdThe training video comes on a cross-platform CD-ROM (Windows,Mac&Linux)alongwithafullyindexedPDFof the Shop Practices Manual and several forms for convenient access, duplication and printing.

To view the videos you’ll need a computer with any web browser with the Quicktime plug-in installed (if it is not already installed, your browser will provide a link to easily obtain the free software). In addition, to view the Shop Practices document and open the other forms you’ll need a pdf document reader such as the free adobe reader (available at http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html)

Insert the CD into a computer, navigate to the top-level of the CD-ROM and dou-ble-click the “WelcoMe-BienVenue.html” file – this should open the file in your internet web browser. Alternately, with the disk in the computer, you can launch a newinternetbrowserwindow,choose“Open”fromthe“File”menuofthebrows-er and navigating to location of the file on the CD-ROM.

IntroductIon > 2Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 2 10/14/10 4:28 PM

2010/2011 Salomon certified technician certification process

Only a technician sponsored by a Salomon Authorized Alpine Binding Dealer may be certified. Authorized Dealers can log onto www.salomoncertification.com(intheU.S.)orwww.salomonhookup.ca(inCanada)toreceiveacurrentlistoftheirSalomonCertified Technicians. To complete the technician certification process:

1. Read this manual and become familiar with required Salomon shop practices.AcorrespondingCDisavailabletoassistinthisprocess.Fora copy of the CD, contact your Salomon sales or Customer Satisfaction Representative.

2. Be familiar with earlier editions of Salomon Shop Practices Manuals andSalomonTechnicalUpdates.

3.BefamiliarwithSalomonbindingsthroughhands-onexperience.

4.FortheU.S.,logontowww.salomoncertification.com.ForCanada,log on to www.salomonhookup.ca. Complete the on-line 2010/2011 SalomonCertifiedTechnicianRegistrationandExamandreceiveconfir-mation of your certification instantly.

1. log onto the certification website•IntheU.S.logontowww.salomoncertification.com •In Canada log onto www.salomonhookup.ca

2. register your information •Onceyouhavesignedin,youwillgetapromptaskingyoutoconfirm

your login-ID. Write this information down in case you need to stop your test in the middle and return later.

3. take the on-line exam •Oncethetestbegins,do not use your web browser to move “back”

or “forward”. Doing this will result in a cancelled session and you will need to start at the beginning.

•Ascoreof90%,or23 correct answers, must be obtained to pass. •Inaddition,questions12 to 25 are considered core questions and

must be answered correctly.

4. once you pass the test •IntheU.S.clickonthebuttontocreateaprintablecertificate.(The

certificate will be created in Acrobat. If you do not have Acrobat Reader on your computer, click on the icon, and you can download it free from the web.) or Write down your certificate number and return latertoretrieveyourprintablecertificate.Aninvoicefor$12willbegenerated and sent to your shop. If you do not pass, your shop will notbeinvoiced.Onlypassingexamswillreceivecertificatenumbersand generate an invoice.

•InCanada,clickontheDownloadCertificateboxtocreateaprint-able certificate. (The certificate will be created in Acrobat. If you do not have Acrobat Reader on your computer, click on the icon and you can download it free from the web.) or click on e-mail Certificate to receive an e-mail version.

instructions for taking the on-line examOnceyouhavebecomefamiliarwiththeproceduresformounting,adjusting,andtestingSalomonbindings,taketheexamon-lineforinstantresultsand obtain your certificate immediately. (If for some reason you are unable to take the test on line, please contact your Salomon sales representative.) Just follow these easy steps:

1. Simply log onto the site and click on the button “Search for certified technicians”.

2. Enter your shop ship-to code or certificate number to search the certi-fication database.

3. You may retrieve printable certificates from the database for any certi-fied tech.

4. If you need to know who in your shop is certified, log on and search for certified technicians for your shop. An updated list will appear so you have constant access to the information.

finding currently certified technicians for your Shopfinding currently certified technicians is a service only available the u.S.

• Techniciancertificationisvalidfortwoyearsfromtheexamdate(unless Salomon provides further notice).

• TechniciancertificationisnotvalidatalocationthatisnotaSalomon Authorized Alpine Binding Location.

• TechniciancertificationmaybetransferredfromoneSalomon Authorized Alpine Binding Dealer to another by contacting the certification coordinator by mail or telephone (Ogden,UTforU.S.dealersandMarkhamforCanadiandealers).

technician certification Validity period and transfer

2010/2011 certification prograM continued

IntroductIon > 3Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 3 10/14/10 4:28 PM

IndemnIfIcatIon > 4

alpine Binding liaBility indeMnification

Salomon alpine binding indemnification applies to the 2010/2011 Retail Binding Line, 2010/2011 Rental Binding Line, Non-current Retail Binding Line and Non-current Rental Binding Line models listed below. Indemnification does not apply to older non-indemnified binding models.non-indemnified Bindings

Older models of Salomon bindings no longer on the Schedule of Indemnified Bindings may still be serviced, however Liability Indemnification will not be offered by Salomon for these models of bind ings. Dealers wishing to service these models of bindings can reduce their liability risk by requiring an additionalwaiverandreleaseagreementandattachingittotheWorkshopForm.Suchwaiversshouldbereviewedbyadealer’sownlegalcounseltoensure compliance with applicable laws.

Salomon bindings are not designed or tested for use with Mono Boards, therefore bindings mounted on Monoboards will not be indemnified.

2010/2011STH 16STH 16 Steel STH 14 DriverSTH 14STH 12 OversizedSTH 12 DriverZ 14Z 12Z 12 TiZ 11Z 10Z 10 TiZ 10 WomenZ 10 Ti WomenL10L10 JrL9L7T5

non currentC610 CpC610C609TiC609D+C609C608FIS17C608 CpC608C607C509Dr+C509C305 / C305 MINIZ920LabZ916LabZ914LabN920EquipeRaceN916EquipeComp.S914Axe+S914Lab

S914FIS26.3/20/17S914FISS914Pe2

S914S914FISPilotS914Pilot914F1S20914FIS914S912TiPe2

S912FISS912FIS24S912TiS912PsS912FISPilotS912TiPilotS912TiSCPilotS912S910TFIS26,3/24/20S910TPs

S910FIS24S910TS910S910TPsS910TAxe+S812 PaS811 PSS810 TiS810TiAxe+S810 CpS810 PsS810S810 Ti PilotS810 PilotS810 Ti SC PilotS810 Ti PsS711 PsS711 PaS711 Cp711

S710 CpS710 TiS710S710 PilotS710 SC PilotS710 Ti PilotS710 Ti Cp2

S710 PaS710 DPS710 CP2

710 Smartrak Grip710 C610 CP2

610 CP 610609D+609S608 CPC608 CP2 608

607 C509D+S305 GROMC305 GROMC305 MINI GROM305Z 12 Ti Smartrak

ControlSTH 12Z 10 Smartrak ControlZ10TiAxe+Z 10 Ti Z10FIS20LZ9LZ 8LZ 7TZ 5

retail Binding line

Schedule of indemnified bindings

rental Binding line

2010/2011KRZ12KRZ11KRZ10KRZ10WZ 12 SC Z 10 SC L 10 SCL 10 SRL9WSCL 7 SCL 7 SRT 5 SCT 5 SR

non currentS912TiSCS810 Ti SC712 e2

Cosmic S712 SCKRR711711 SC710 e2

710 SC Cosmic S710 SRCosmic S710 SCCosmic S710Q700 SC S700 SR S700 SC Drive Plus S700 SC

Q7 SC Q7 SR ST610 e2

C609SC609SC609SRC608 SRC608 SC608 SC C607 SCC607 SR607 SR Quadrax6SCC509SRC509SCQ500 SC Drive Plus

Q500 SC Q500 SR Quadrax5SRQ5 SRSnowtrip ST 410Q400 SRC305 SR305 SC305 SRS305 SCS305 Grom SC C305 Grom SRQ300 SC Q300 SR S300 SC Quadrax3SC

Quadrax3SRQ3 SCQ3 SR KRRZ12TiKRRZ12Z 12 Ti SmartrakZ 12 Ti Smartrak

Control Z 12 Ti SC KRRZ10Z 10 Ti SC Z 10 SmartrakLZ 8 SCLZ 7 SR

KRRTZ5SCTZ 5 SRTZ 5 SCTZ 5 SC Junior Track

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 4 10/14/10 4:28 PM

IndemnIfIcatIon > 5

alpine Binding liaBility indeMnification continued

SalomonoffersliabilityindemnificationtoSalomonAuthorizedDealers.Salomonwilltotheextentandwithin the limits that insurance coverage is available defend and indemnify a Salomon Authorized Alpine Binding Dealer against liabilities from claims presented by any customer of the Authorized Dealer arising solely from the use of Salomon alpine bindings, provided:

A. The dealer purchased the alpine bindings from Salomon.B. The dealer has received written notice of a claim involving alpine bind-

ings.C. The claim alleges use of the alpine bindings resulted in injury.D. All Salomon recommendations, procedures and policies in effect at the

time of the incident were followed, including, but not limited to, those contained in the Salomon Shop Practices Manual, Salomon Technical Update(ifapplicable),SalomonPurchaserPoliciesandSalomonGeneral Terms & Conditions.

E. The Certified Technician is of legal age.F. Thedealerusesworkshopand/orrentalformsthesameas,orequiva-

lent to, Salomon forms with currently approved Liability Release Language.

G. The dealer maintains proper and complete records for all Salomon bindings mounted and/or adjusted for a period of two years or the statute of limitations of the state or province, whichever is longer.

H. The dealer provides written documentation of the technician’s employ-ment and training (e.g., method of training, proof of certification, etc.).

I. A copy of the properly completed workshop form or rental form, in-cluding a signed release, is submitted.

J. A properly completed Post Accident Ski Equipment Inspection Report, thesameasorequivalenttotheexemplaryformdisplayedinthismanual, is submitted.

K. AnyotherhelpfulinformationsuchasaSkiPatrolIncidentReportFormissubmitted.

L. The dealer notifies Salomon in writing within ten days of the date on which the dealer first receives written notice of the claim.

M. The dealer cooperates fully in the investigation, litigation and/or settle-ment of the claim.

Salomon may terminate indemnification, with respect to Salomon alpine bindings, upon providing written notice to the dealer.

1. Useyourbesteffortstodeterminetheexactnatureanddetailsoftheclaim.

2. Avoidexpressingopinionsconcerningtheclaim.Youmay,totheextentthatyouhavecompliedwithallrecommendedprocedures,indicate to the claimant or the claimant’s representative that recom-mended procedures for service and adjustment of the equipment were followed.

3. Notify your insurance company. Salomon indemnification is not a sub-stitute for liability insurance.

4. Gather all information and documents required by Salomon listed in the Liability Indemnification section for that specific product and send the documents with a brief description of the incident to:

legal claims

In the event a Salomon equipment user or anyone acting upon the equipment user’s behalf contacts the Authorized Dealer regarding a potential claim:

Salomon authorized dealers

u.S.a.Alpine Legal Claims Department, SalomonU.S.A.,2030 Lincoln Ave., Ogden,UT84401.

canadaLegal Claims DepartmentSalomon Canada Sports270014thAveUnit1-4Markham, On L3R 0J1

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 5 10/14/10 4:28 PM

6

Brak

es

Jig Selecion (given ski width) Drill Bit Selection

DIN

Sca

le

Hei

ght (

mm

)

Skier Weight Adj. Range

Wei

ght 1

/2 p

air (

g)

Wing Adj.

Vert

ical

Pro

gres

sive

Piv

otSC

P (S

alom

on C

ontr

ol P

edal

)(E

) Ela

stic

ped

al /

(S) S

tom

p pe

dal

Adul

t / J

unio

r Nor

ms

Ski/B

indi

ng In

terf

ace

Ti L

ine

Hig

h La

tera

l Tra

nsm

issi

onR

emov

able

Bra

ke

56 m

m -

99 m

m (R

ef. #

)

70 m

m -

116

mm

(Ref

. #)

80 m

m -

123

mm

(Ref

. #)

4.1

mm

dia

met

er

(skis

with

met

al) (

Ref.

#)

3.6

mm

dia

met

er

(skis

with

no

met

al) (

Ref.

#)

Drill

Bit

Leng

th

kg lbs

(mm

)

US

Size

Mic

ro S

imul

tane

ous

Auto

mat

ic

retailÀ la carte ModelSN STH16 102972 R90/R100/R115/R130

Jig

Ref

. # 0

0115

6

Jig

Ref

. # 0

0115

7

DrillBitRef.#000893

DrillBitRef.#000892

9.5 9-16 17.5 >95 >209 19 2.5 1161 S S A • •

N STH14 Driver 110723 R90/R100/R115 9.5 6-14 17.5 58-130 127-286 19 2.5 1060 S S A • •

N STH14 102975 R90/R100/R115/R130 9.5 6-14 17.5 58-130 127-286 19 2.5 1025 A V S A • •

N STH12 Oversized 110601 R80/R90/R100/R115 9.5 4-12 17.5 42-120 92-264 19 2.5 1025 A V S A • •

N L10 110604 B80 9.5 3-10 16.5 30-107 66-235 28 3.5 860 A E A •

N L9 108044 B80 9.5 2,5-9 16.5 25-100 55-220 28 3.5 861 A E A •

N Z14 110583 B75/B80 9.5 6-14 16.5 58-130 127-286 28 3.5 1050 A V • A • •

N Z12 110599 B80/B90/B100 9.5 4-12 16.5 42-120 94-264 28 3.5 1050 A V • A • •

N Z12 Ti 110453 B80/B90/B100 9.5 4-12 16.5 42-120 92-264 28 3.5 937 A V • A Ti • •

N Z11 110602 B80/B90 9.5 3,5-11 16.5 36-115 79-253 28 3.5 970 A V • A • •

N Z10 110603 B80/B90 9.5 3-10 16.5 30-107 66-235 28 3.5 970 A V • A • •

N Z10 Ti W 892976 B80/B90 9.5 3-10 16.5 30-107 66-235 28 3.5 857 A V • A Ti • •

JuniorN L7 111617 / 111623 B80 001156 001157

# 00

0813

# 00

0814

8.0 2-7,5 16.5 22-85 55-187 28 3.5 861 A E A&J •

N T5 111639/111619 NS 784061 8.0 0,5-4,5 14 10-45max 22-100 44 5.5 561 A E A&J •

N T5 Juniortrack 111641 NS 247290 8.0 0,5-4,5 22 10-45max 22-100 104 13 681 A E A&J Junior Track •

BindingS for SetSK Z14 120025 B75

# 78

8403

#000893

#000892

9.5 6-14 23 58-130 127-286 100 15 1370 A V • A Smartrak • •

K Z12 108772 / 108785 B75/B80/B90 9.5 4-12 31.5 42-120 92-264 120 15 1310 A V • A Smartrak • •

K Z11 110671 B80 9.5 3,5-11 16.5 36-115 79-253 120 3.5 1305 A V • A Smartrak • •

J Z11 120026 B75 9.5 3,5-11 16.5 36-115 79-253 120 3.5 1157 A V • A Smartrak • •

K Z10 110672 / 110673 B80 9.5 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1305 A V • A Smartrak • •

K Z10 Ti 102174 / 110677 B80 9.5 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1030 A V • A Smartrak Ti • •

J L10 110674 B80

0011

56

0011

57

9.5 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 950 A E A •

J L9 102192/104442 B80 9.5 2,5-9 31.5 25-100 55-220 120 15 950 A E A •

J L10 Jr 111300 B80 9.5 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 80 10 950 A E A •

rentalSMartraK rentalKR Z12 110605 B80/B90 9.5 4-12 31.5 42-120 92-264 120 15 1310 A V • A Synchro-Center • •

KR Z11 110606 B80/B90 9.5 3,5-11 31.5 36-115 79-253 120 15 1305 A V • A Synchro-Center • •

KR Z10 110607 B80 9.5 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1305 A V • A Synchro-Center • •

KR Z10 W 110608 B80 9.5 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1305 A V • A Synchro-Center • •

BindingS for SetSFR L10 SC 110676 B80

# 00

1003

# 00

1040

000893 000892 9.5 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 122 15 860 A E A Synchro-Center •

FR L7 SC 111813 B80

# 00

0813

# 00

0814

8.0 2-7,5 31.5 22-85 55-187 122 15 860 A E A&J Synchro-Center •

FR T5 SR 111622 NS 8.0 0,5-4,5 14 10-45max 22-100 56 7 572 A E A&J Synchro-Rental •

FR T5 SC 111640 NS 8.0 0,5-4,5 28 10-45max 22-100 86 11 810 A E A&J Synchro-Center •

adultNR Z12 SC 110609 B80/B90/B100/B115

# 00

1003

# 00

1040

#000893

#000892

9.5 4-12 31.5 42-120 92-264 122 15 1386 A V • A Synchro-Center • •

NR Z10 SC 110610 B80/B90 9.5 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 122 15 1370 A V • A Synchro-Center • •

NR L10 SC 110612 B80 9.5 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 122 15 1100 A E A Synchro-Center •

NR L10 SR 110613 B80 9.5 3-10 18 30-107 66-235 80 10 952 A E A Synchro-Rental •

NR L9 W SC 107279 B80 9.5 2,5-9 31.5 25-100 55_220 122 15 861 A E A Synchro-Center •

JuniorNR L7 SC 111812 B80

# 00

1003

# 00

1040

# 00

0813

# 00

0814

8.0 2-7,5 31.5 22-85 55-187 122 15 1100 A E A&J Synchro-Center •

NR L7 SR 111618 B80 8.0 2-7,5 18 22-85max 55-187 80 10 958 A E A&J Synchro-Rental •

NR T5 SR 111642 NS 8.0 0,5-4,5 14 10-45max 22-100 56 7 572 A E A&J Synchro-Rental •

NR T5 SC 111643 NS 001003 8.0 0,5-4,5 28 10-45max 22-100 86 11 810 A E A&J Synchro-Center •

Binding QuicK reference chart

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 6 10/14/10 4:28 PM

retail Binding SySteMS

Proper procedures for a Salomon Certified Technician to follow while mounting and adjusting Salomon

Retail bindings.

retaIl systems > 7

referencepage # Section Name

18 Clean vs. Lubricated Test47 Standard Boot Sole

Dimensions

Start out prepared with an efficient working area. Your bench should be the right height, with proper light-ing,andwiththenecessarytoolsathand.Familiarizeyourselfwithallproceduresbeforeyoustart:beingprepared is the best way to avoid errors and costly mistakes. It is important that all components match those listed on the workshop form. Refer to your workshop form and make sure the bindings are appropri-ate for the skier. If the bindings have been used, make sure they are in good condition and no parts are missing, broken, or showing signs of wear.

preparation

Before drilling the ski, be sure the boot you are using is compatible with the binding. Only boots that conform with applicable standards may be used with Salomon bindings. (See Standard Boot Sole dimensions on page 47 for reference). If a boot sole is warped, worn or improp erly canted, such that there is more than a 1 mm difference in sole flatness measured across its width, the boot is incompatible.

other compatibility problems you May encounter• Cut-outsinthebootsolethat

prevent the brake from engaging properly.

• Excessiverampingorwearoftheboot sole at the point where it contacts the binding. Any wear that inhibitsbindingfunctionisexces-sive.

• Tread,gridpatternorinsigniapresentintheAFDareaofthebootsole. This area must be flat over its entire surface.

• Non-compatiblebootsolecompo-sition. Low-grade thermoplastic (T.P.) boots may not be used with Salomon bindings. If you are un-certain as to the quality of the boot sole material, perform the clean vs. lubricated test as described on page 19.

Only adult norm boots may be used withadultbindings.Undernocir-cumstances should a junior norm boot ever be used with an adult bind-ing. Salomon bindings that can be used with both junior and adult norm

boot soles are: TZ5, S305, C305, Q300, S300, their mini equivalents, earlier model indemnified equiva-lents, and their various counter parts. (The added width of an adult norm boot sole somewhat limits the shock absorption capability of these models and they should not be used with a boot sole longer than 304 mm. As a result, it is recommended that an aggressive junior skier with an adult

norm boot sole use a model designed exclusivelyforadultnormboots.)

A Salomon toe or heel may not be mounted with another manufacturer’s toe or heel. Indemnification and war-ranty are automatically voided for suchmixedsystems.

ForRentalspecificpreparationin-structions, please refer to page 22.

Boot-to-Binding compatibility

Junior Boot to Binding compatibility chartJunior Boot Models

Boot norms

Junior Bindings only

iMportant:

Salomon bindings that can

be used with both junior

and adult norm boot soles

are: tZ5, S305, c305, Q300,

S300, their mini equivalents,

earlier model indemnified

equivalents, and their various

counter parts.

Falcon100 AdultCourse90 AdultCourse 80 AdultCourse 70 AdultFalcon60 Junior XPerforma T3 AdultPerforma T2 Junior X15 Mini Junior XPerforma T3 Rental AdultPerforma T2 Rental Junior X

Step 1

Phot

o: D

an C

arr.

Skie

r: Sa

mm

y Ca

rlson

.Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 7 10/14/10 4:28 PM

retaIl systems > PreParatIon > 8St

ep 2

Jig Selection & use

Salomon bindings are installed 3 ways. “À la carte” bindings are installed by drilling holes into the surface of the ski with the aid of a Salomon jig. Pilot Systems require no jigs and are simply secured to pre-drilled holes on a premounted Salomon interface. Smartrak Systems can require a combination of these two tech-niques. Please refer to the specific instructions in this Manual.

inStallation

1. Select the proper jig for the binding model to be mount-ed by referencing the Jig Reference Guide.

2. check the skis’ serial number to ensure you are mounting a matched pair. Place the skis on the workbench with the ski tips pointed to your left.

3. open the jig by twisting both handles inward. Place the jig on the ski.

4. open the locking lever.

5. extend the jig to accept the boot.

6. place the toe of the boot sole against the toe guide. Twist the

rear handle to open the rear clamps and slide the heel guide snugly against the boot heel. fig. A

7. close the locking lever. (Compare the mid-sole mark on the boot with the mid-sole indicator on the jig. If the mid-sole mark on the boot and the mid-sole indicator on the jig do not agree, use the mid-sole mark on the boot. This requires leaving the boot in the jig to position it on the ski.)

8. position the jig on the ski. fig. S

a. If the ski has a mid-sole mark, align the mid-sole mark on the boot with the mid-sole mark on the ski.

b. If the ski has a tip-of-boot mark, align the tip-of-boot sole indicator on the jig with the tip-of-boot mark on the ski.

c. If the ski has no visible mark-ings for jig location, consult the ski manu facturer for proper mounting position.

9. once the jig is in position, release the handles simultane-ously and the jig will center itself on the ski.

10. re-check your work. The ski is now ready to be drilled. (Customers may request that specific mounting instructions be followed. This is particularly true for skiers who want to initiate turns more easily. Make a note ontheWorkshopFormofanyofthese special instructions.)

legendA Handle with Self-Centering Clamps

S Toe Guide

D Tip-of-Boot Sole Indicator

F Locking Lever

G Mid-Sole Indicator

H Boot Size Indicator

J Drill Bit Bushing

K Self-Centering Guide for Heel of Boot

Jig use (10 Steps)

ref. # Jig Jig range applicationretail JigS788403 Smartrak 70mm - 116mm Smartrak binding systems only

001156 Adult Retail 56mm-99mm STH16,STH14,STH12,STH14Driver,Z14,Z12Ti,Z12,Z12++,Z10FIS20,Z10Ti,Z10Tiw,710,610CP,610,609D+,609Ti,609,608,L8,L9;Drillbitlength8mm:607,L7

001157 Wide Adult Retail 80mm - 123mm (Same as above)78406101 Junior Retail 56mm-99mm 305 and 305 Mini, TZ 5rental JigS

001003 Synchro Center & Synchro Rental/ Senior Junior 56mm-99mm AllSCandSRmodelsbothSenior&Junior(exceptTZ5Juniortrak)

001040 Wide Synchro Center & Synchro Rental/ Senior Junior 80mm - 123mm AllSCandSRmodelsbothSenior&Junior(exceptTZ5Juniortrak)

24729001 TZ 5 Juniortrak Rental 56mm-99mm TZ 5 Juniortrak bindings only

* Contact your customer service representative for additional jigs.

A jig ensures that all holes for binding mounting are drilled in the correct location. The bushings guide the drill bit so that it remains perpendicular to the ski.

A S Correct Incorrect


10 4-Hole Toe / Spheric Oversize

10 3-Hole Toe / Spheric Sport &Quadrax

23 SC System Demo 23 SR System Rental & Demo

J KHGFDSA

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 8 10/14/10 4:28 PM

retaIl systems > InstallatIon > 9

inStallation > Drilling, Tapping and Glue

drilling

S

tapping

A

Mounting

glue

correct incorrectA

Salomon drill Bit Selection guideSkis diameter length ref. aspect

Junior

4.1 mm(ski with metal) 8 mm 000813

1x53.6 mm

(ski with no metal) 8 mm 0008141x5

adult

4.1 mm(ski with metal) 9.5mm 000893

1x53.6 mm

(ski with no metal) 9.5mm 0008921x5

diameter

length

drilling, tapping & glue


8 JigSelection&Use10 Retail Mounting23 Rental & Demo Mounting

partS (see page 70)reference # Item Name

000821 Blue Plastic Plugs000818 Black Plastic Plugs000819 White Plastic Plugs000822 Grey Plastic Plugs000820 Red Plastic Plugs000823 Orange Plastic Plugs000870 Green Plastic Plugs000816 Taps000817 Tap Brace000811 Glue000862 Posidrive Screwdriver B18486 (CAN) Posidrive Bit

Step 2

FordrillingandtappingSalomonskis,please refer to drill Bit Selection for Salomon Skis (page 40).Forotherskis, follow the recommendations of the ski manufacturer. In their absence, Salomon suggests that you use the Salomon drill Bit Selection guide (below). When in doubt about the ski’s core composition, select a 3.6 mm diameter bit and drill one hole. If the bit comes in contact with any metal, re-drill with a 4.1 mm bit to ensure proper screw retention. exceptions: forEquipeT,XWFuryJunior,Jade

Junior,TeneightyFish,andTeneightyKittenskis,drillusingeithera3,6mmdiameter drill bit (for skis under 140 cm) or a 4,1 mm diameter drill bit for skis greater than or equal to 140cm.Neithertapnorglue.Useahand screwdriver only (3 Nm torque) to tighten the screws on the bindings.Drill through the jig’s proper bush-ings applying moderate downward pressureonthedrill.Verifythatthecounter sink bevel on the drill bit has properly de-burred the hole. fig. A After drilling, turn the ski over and hit

Tap all binding mounting holes unless otherwise recommended bytheskimanufacturer.Failingto tap when necessary can result in topskin delamination, sidewall delamination, broken screws or damage to the ski core.The tap should be mounted into a brace. Position the brace so the

tap goes straight into the drilled hole. fig. A Apply only enough pressure to the brace to start the tap, as the tap is a self-cutting tool.A ski mounting plate is usually no more than 8 mm below the topskin. Tapping any deeper than 8 mm can strip the hole or break

the tap. Each full turn of the brace cutsthetapapproximately2mminto the ski. After tapping, turn the ski over and hit the base several times with the palm of your hand to remove shavings from the hole.

A Posidrive No. 3 screwdriver, not a Phillips, is used to mount Salomon bindings. Consult the Salomon Spare parts catalog (page 70) for refer-ence on the Salomon screws. They are available through your customer service representative.

• Lubricatethescrewduringinsertion.• Createawatertightseal.• Ensurethatthescrewswillhold

while the ski is in use by acting as a dampener.

Place a drop of glue on the surface of each hole. As the screw passes through the glue it coats itself.caution: Salomon strongly recom-mends its own glue for Salomon skis.

glue must be used when inserting binding screws to:

the base several times with the palm of your hand to remove any debris from the drilled holes.When mounting thin skis or junior skis with adult bindings you may need to use shorter screws or add washers to theexistingscrewsbetweenthebind-ing and the ski to prevent damaging the ski base. Before drilling any junior ski, check the screw depth by position-ing the binding over the mounting area so that the binding screws on one side of the heel track appear alongside the ski sidewall. fig. SSpecial cases When drilling Junior Skis• Usea9.5mmlengthdrillbit

when mounting Z10 Ti, Z10 Ti SC, Z10SC,Z10,Z10Fis20,710,710SC,610,609,609SR,609SC,608, 608 SC, L 7 SC, L 8, L 8 SC bindings. These models use the same screws as the Salomon adult models and should be drilled and tapped accordingly.

• Asageneralrule,theS910Teamismounted on skis 170 cm or lon-ger and the S608 or C608 on skis

140–170 cm. The S608 or C608 can also be used with skis 120–140 cm. The S305 Grom and C305 Grom are generally used with skis 80-140 cm*. The shorter the ski, the more likely washers will be necessary to avoid dimpling the ski base.

• ThenewSalomonC607juniorac-commodates adult norm boot soles and offers a 2 to 7 DIN scale. This new intermediate binding for 5 to 10-year-olds features shorter 6 mm screws for use on junior skis as short as 120 cm.

• Wheneverjuniorbindingsaremounted on adult skis, an increased possibilityexistsofbindingpull-outdue to poor screw reten tion. The penetration depth of junior screws into the ski core is only 7 mm. If neces sary, use adult drill bits and screws to penetrate any mounting platform.

• Theholemustbedeepenoughtoaccommodate the screw length you are using or ski damage may result.

* eXception: S305’s and C305’s can-notbemountedontheCrossmax10Team or XScream 10 Team models manufactured from 2001 to 2003 inclusively. Both bindings may be mounted on the 2004-2005 models oftheCrossmax10TandCrossmaxT, 2006/2007 models of the X Wing T, and2007/2008XWingFuryJuniorand Jade Junior.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 9 10/14/10 4:28 PM


legend

inStallation > General Retail Installation

general retail Mounting


9 Drilling, Tapping & Glue14 Binding-to-Boot

Adjustments23 SC System Demo23 SR System Rental & Demo32 Maintenance and Repairs


000905 Salomon Grease000862 Posidrive Screwdriver B18486 (CAN) Posidrive Bit

A

S D F

Heel Track Heel Housing Heel Lever Heel Cup

Treadle Brake Pedal Pressure Distributors

Spheric Pedal/AFD

Toe Cup

Toe Height Adjustment Screw VisualIndicator Housing

Adjustment Screw

Baseplate Brake Arm

Sliding Center Mounting Hole

Lubrication Point*

toe piece

heel piece Ski Brake

G H

*UseSalomongrease(Ref.#000905)ontrack.

S912 Ti

Z12 Ti

Step

2

4-hole toe inStallation performance/Spheric oversizeA long bit is needed (Posidrive Bit, CAN. only Ref. #B18486, for power drills and Salomon Manual Screwdriver Ref. #000862) to mount the 4-hole pattern toes as the front two screws must be in-serted through the binding hous-ing. fig. S

Useacrisscrossscrewingpatternand insert each screw until near-ly seated. fig. D Do not tighten until all the screws are in place. ThebaseplateoftheAFDshouldbe flush with the topskin of the ski and each screw should be flush with the baseplate of the toe piece. This procedure applies for all toe pieces with a four-hole pattern.

All Salomon bindings feature the E-Z Mount System with the screws already in place. Position the component over the pre-pared holes to begin installation (fig. A). If a power screwdriver is used, adjust the clutch for the appropriate ski core construc-

tion. Hand check each screw after mounting.

3-hole toe inStallation Z-concept bindings, Spheric Sport and Quadrax Formodelswitha3-holepattern,first pull the center mounting hole sliding track out from the binding far enough to insert the screw into the ski. A long bit is needed (Posidrive Bit, CAN. only Ref. #B18486, for power drills and Salomon Manual Screwdriver Ref. #000862) fig. F

tighten the screw until it is firmly seated.Next,slidethetoepieceto-wards the seated center screw until the two rear screws align with their respective holes.tighten the rear screws until they are firmly seated. The base plate should be flush with the topskin of the ski and the head of each screw should be flush with the baseplate.

heel piece inStallationPlace the heel over the prepared holes and insert the screws using a crisscross screwing pattern. (Do not compress the ski brake before it is mounted on the ski.) fig. G do not over tighten.

SKi BraKe inStallation Do not compress the ski brake before installing it. Place the two metal tabs on the front of the brake into the slots in the heel base plate fig. H. Rotate the rear of the brake downwards to start the screw in the track. Tighten screws with a hand screwdriver (4Nmmaximum).note: The brake can be removed to facilitate ski maintenance.to remove it: turn the center screw counterclockwise and remove the brake.

Toe Installation differs for 4-hole toe and 3-hole toe bindings. The former requires a criss-cross screwing pattern while the latter starts with a center mounting hole sliding track beneath the front of the toe.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 10 10/14/10 4:28 PM


inStallation > Model-specific Installation

Smartrak System

Smartrak interface Mounting

A S D F

Step 2

Smartrak System installationThere are two different mounting procedures for the Smartrack interface, based on the system type.

Smartrack grip & grip plus (fixed toe systems):

insert metal band into the recessed slots in the plate. fig. A

determine sole length in mm of boot.

identify the letter on the metal band that corresponds to the boot sole length. If the boot sole length is between two numbers, choose thehighernumber.e.g.:Forabootsole of 320mm, choose setting “334mm D”.

Screw the center mounting slid-ing track into the correspondingly lettered hole at the front of the Smartrak plate. fig. S

finish mounting the three hole toe as usual.

install the heel unit by lifting the tab located just in front of the heel piece and sliding the heel assembly onto the Smartrak plate. fig. F

attach the brake in the usual manner.

position the boot against the toe piece and slide the heel forward un-til it contacts the boot. Make sure the heel piece “clicks” and locks into position on the track.

push the boot into the system and verify the forward pressure.Once the forward pressure is correct, the number on the metal band directly in front of the heel provides a guide to the quick positioning of the second heel.

Smartrak control, response, and prolink (adjustable toe systems):

insert the metal band into the recessed slots in center of plate. fig. A

determine the sole length of boot to being used.

lift thetabbehindtheAFDonthetoe piece and slide the toe piece from the rear of track to the front until the boot sole length number on the metal band corresponds to, or is slightly greater than, the sole length of the boot being used. Forexample:abootsolelengthof 306mm would require that you chose a setting on the band of 308mm. Make sure the toe piece “clicks” and locks into position on the track. fig. D

install the heel piece by lifting the tab located just in front of the heel piece and sliding the heel assem-bly onto the Smartrak plate until the boot sole length number on the metal band corresponds to, or is slightly greater than, the sole length ofthebootbeingused.Forexam-ple: a boot sole length of 306mm would require that you chose a set-ting on band of 308mm. Make sure the heel piece “clicks” and locks into position on the track. fig. F

install the break in the normal manner and proceed with binding to boot adjustments as described on page 14 or page 24.

The Smartrak interface is available for use with flat skis.

position the Smartrak metal jig (ref# 788403) so center mark on

jig aligns with center mark of ski. When installing a Smartrak plate make sure the recessed slots at the front of the interface are positioned towards the tip of ski

proceed with drilling, taping, and gluing as described on page 9.

assemble Smartrak binding follow-inginstructionasexplainedabovein Smartrak System installation.

a

b

Wide Ski installation

A S Wide Ski Brakes 1999 to

Current Bindings (except LAB &

STH)*

2007 to Current (LAB & STH)*

Ski Width(mm)

PerformanceRef. #

Leasure (Quadrax)

Ref. #

FreeskiingRef. #

80 78574801 78574801 78575501

85 78145901 78574901

90 78575001 78575701100 78575101 78575801115 78575201 78575901130 78830601 78855701

*See Spare Parts (page 70) for full details.

Wide Ski Jigs are available from Salomon to mount bindings on wide skis. Select the proper jig for the binding to be mounted by refer-encing the Jig Selection chart.

Reversible pads adapt fat ski jigs to different widths of skis. The pads are changed by pulling them off

the jig and repositioning them to achieve the desired width. fig. A the pads are properly positioned when they touch the jig shoulder.• 98-124mmskis:Thinsidesof

the reversible pads are positioned to the inside of the ski. fig. Sa

• 80-106mmskis:Widesidesofthe reversible pads are positioned to the inside of the ski. fig. Sb

Refer to the Wide Ski Brakes chart (right). The proper width fat ski brake must be installed for each specific system or indemnification for that system will not apply.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 11 10/14/10 4:28 PM


inStallation > Model-specific Installation (continued)

lightrak plate

A S

Mounting and adjustingopen and set the blade in straight position and place it on the plate with a rotational motion. fig. A.

identify the length of the boot sole.

Mount the toe piece: identify the letter that corresponds the sole length and screw the toe piece (if you are between two let-ters, choose the higher one).

Mount the heel piece: Slide the heel piece on the interface from the rear using the manual lock to authorize the gliding. fig. S.

Mount the brake following the usual procedure. fig. D.

position the boot in the toe and slide the heel until it touches the boot.

Step in the boot and check forward pressure, the arrow on the lock must be within the scribed area. fig. F.

note: the rear number on the blade is an indication for a quick adjust-ment of the second ski.

D F

Steeringplate interfaceCompatiblewithquadraxandZbind-ing.

Mounting: according to the boot sole length selected, tighten the screws

on the toe and heel pieces (4Nm torque) in the corresponding position on interface:253-281mm 273-301mm293-321mm 313-341mm

333-361mm 353-381mm

Mount the brake following the usual procedure.

Jig use With extra large Boot Soles

competition Bindings > intended use

occasionally a boot sole is too large to fit a jig. in this instance, the following procedure should be used to allow correct mount-ing of the binding:1. Openthejigtoitsfullyextend-

ed position.2. Place the boot heel into the jig

against the heel guide.

3. Measure the length of the sole thatextendsoverthetoearrow(viewed from the underside) of the jig.

4. Divide this length in half (mea-surement A).

5. Placethefullyextendedjigontothe ski with the boot mid-sole mark aligned with the mid-sole mark on the ski.

6. Move the jig forward of the mid-sole the same distance as measurement A and drill the toe holes.

7. Re-align the jig’s mid-sole mark to the ski’s mid-sole mark. Move the jig backwards from the mid-sole mark the same distance as measurement A and drill the heel holes.

8. Installthebindings.(Verifythatscrewpenetrationwillnotex-ceed hole depth.)

Salomon distributes competition bindings to racers and coaches. These bindings are intended to be used by skiers with special reten-

tion needs. If these bindings are used by recreational skiers, there is a far greater risk of injury due to the use of more powerful springs.

Refer to requested Settings for instructions for skiers request-ing settings not recommended by Salomon.

Step

2Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 12 10/14/10 4:28 PM


inStallation > Model-specific Installation (continued)

A S D F

G H

laB Binding installation

noteInstallinganyLABbindingmodelontoanyinterfaceexcepttheZZSpeed2requiresaslightlydifferentapproachtoassemblyand mounting. assembly: the yellow plastic blade spacer has letter codes corresponding to the boot sole length and must be broken at the appropriate tab. Make a note of this letter. The rest of the assembly is the same. Mounting begins by aligning the binding assembly’s center mark (arrow on the yellow blade spacer) to the corresponding letter code on the interface before tightening the toe screws and continuing with the rest of the mounting and adjustment as with current models.

ZZ Speed 2 InstallationBoot sole

length(mm)

Size Letter Code

Screw Position

1 2

265-297 S 265-282 283-297298-327 M 298-311 312-327328-343 L (N/A) 328-343


8 JigSelection&Use9 Drilling, Tapping & Glue15 ReleaseValueSelection&

Adjustment15 Requested Settings


000902 Salomon Adjustment Tool001023 Adult Binding Paper Jig001056 Salomon Powder Option887528 PoweraxePaperJig

Step 2

To begin mounting any LAB binding modelontoanyinterfaceexcepttheZZ Speed 2 see the note below then procedetonextstep.Tomountonto the ZZ Speed 2 interface, select a ski with the correct size ZZ interface plate (S, M, or L) for the boot sole length by referring to the ZZ Speed 2 installation chart. Align the binding assembly on the

ZZ interface using the screw posi-tion number code (1 or 2) found in the ZZ Speed 2 installation chart. fig. F

tighten the toe screws in a criss-cross pattern.

Verify that the heel track is posi-tioned correctly. The end of the metal blade should be 3 mm for-

ward of the end of the stainless steel heel track. fig. G

tighten the heel screws in a criss-cross pattern.

VerifythattheheightsuitsFISnorm limits (50-55 mm).

install the brake.

Measure boot sole length in mm and then break the yellow plastic blade spacer (fig. A) at the appropriate length (the resulting spacer should include the last tab which matches the boot length).

Slide the yellow blade spacer onto the metal blade until it rests against the black base plate. Make sure the metal blade is properly seated in spacer.

insert the end of the blade spacer into the recessed area on the bottom of the toe piece base plate. fig. S

insert the post of the metal blade lock plate between the rear two screws of the toe piece. Press firmly into place. fig. D

Lifter shims are an option on all LABmodelsexcepttheZ14LAB.If required, attach the appropri-

ate lifter shim, (yellow = 2 mm, black = 1 mm). do not add more than 5 mm of lifters.

installation of the Z14 laB, 914 laB, 916 laB, 920 laB bindingsWarning: the 914 laB, 916 laB, and 920 laB are the only bindings that should be installed on the ZZ interface

assembly

Mounting

adjustmentplace boot into binding system and adjust the toe as usual.

check the forward pressure: With the boot in the binding (closed posi-

tion), adjust the forward pressure to align the top of the head screw with the back of the heel track. fig. H

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 13 10/14/10 4:28 PM

retaIl systems > adjustment > 14

Binding-to-Boot adJuStMentS

heel position / forward pressure

toe cup Width

toe height


15 ReleaseValueSelection&Adjustment

33 AFDReplacement

S FA

correct incorrect

G H J

K

adjusting

G

D

Step

3

All Salomon retail binding models must have a clearance of 0-0.5 mmbetweentheAFDandboottoe. fig. K

automatic Wing adjustment Models. Toe height adjusts automatically on all current automatic wing adjustment binding models (Z14 to TZ 5).

Manual Models. Currentlyonlythe914bind-ing model features manual toe height adjustment. Raise the toe by turning the adjustment screw, located on top of the toe piece, counterclockwise. Pull the boot back to create a gap between the bootsoleandthebindingAFD.Adjust the toe height to create a gap of not more than 0.5 mm or until the boot sole just touches the

AFD.YoucanuseaSalomon0.5mm toe height adjust ment card to gauge this clearance. do not over tighten. (Always re-check the forward pressure adjustment after making any toe cup adjustments.)

adjustment tab Models. (All current retail models) Check that the tip of the boot sole is flush against the butt plate of the toe piece (or central roller of applicable models). The forward pressure is correct when the ar-row on the adjustment tab lines up within the scribed area at the end of the heel housing fig. A or when the arrow of the rear of the heel housing lines up within the

scribed area on the adjustment tab. fig. S2009/2010modelsno longer have embossed arrows on the adjustment tab. The back edge of the tab should be used instead. fig. D If this adjustment is incorrect, remove the boot from the binding, lift the adjustment tab using a Salomon Adjustment Tool and slide the heel to the desired position. fig. F Re-insert the boot and check the adjustment.

Micro Metric heel adjustment for the Sth 16 and 12.With the boot in the binding (closed position), adjust the forward pres-sure to align the top of the screw head with the back of the heel track. fig. G

all forward pressure adjustments should be verified with the boot in the binding.

independent Wing adjustment Models.

The adjustment screws for mod-els with independent wing adjust-ments are located on each side of the toe piece. Adjust each wing snugly against the boot sole so that the boot is centered over the ski. fig. G do not over tighten fig. H as it forces the boot back-ward, increasing the forward pres-sure. When properly adjusted, the

toe contacts the boot sole at three points: the butt plate and the low friction inserts in each wing arm.

Simultaneous Wing adjustment Models.

(916,S914,S912,S810,S850Models and their predecessors). The adjustment screw for models with simultaneous wing adjustments is located on the left of the toe piece. fig. J By turning this screw, both toe wings adjust

simultaneously. Adjust the wings snugly against the boot sole. do not over tighten. The toe cup adjust-ment is correct when there are three points of contact: the butt plate and the low friction inserts on each wing arm.

automatic Wing adjustment Models. SphericSportandQuadraxmodeltoe wings adjust automatically. The C305 adjusts automatically to ac-

cept either children’s or adult norm boots. (The added width of an adult norm boot sole somewhat limits the shock absorption capability of the C305. It is suggested that aggres-sive junior skiers with an adult norm bootsoleuseamodeldesignedex-clusively for adult norm boots.)

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 14 10/14/10 4:28 PM

What type of skier are you?

determining your SKier type is your responsibility! Your skier type, height, weight, age and ski boot sole length are used by the shop to determine the visual indi-cator settings of your ski bindings. Be sure to provide accurate infor-mation, as any error may increase your risk of injury. Consult these descriptions to select your clas-sification:

type 1 “cautious skiing at loWer visual indicator settings”• Preferslowtomoderatespeeds.• Prefergentletomoderateter-

rain.• Receivelowerthanaveragevi-

sual indicator settings. This may increase the risk of inadvertent binding release in order to in-crease the likelihood of release in a fall.

• Type1settingsapplyto“entry-level skiers uncertain of their classification”.

type 2 “Moderate skiing at aVerage visual indicator set-tings”• Preferavarietyofspeeds.• Prefervariedterrain.• Type2skiersareskierswhodo

not meet all the descriptions of Type 1 or Type 3 skier types.

type 3 “aggressive skiing at higher visual indicator settings”• Preferfastspeeds.• Prefersteepterrain.• Receivehigherthanaveragevi-

sual indicator settings. This may reduce the likelihood of release in a fall in order to decrease the risk of inadvertent binding re-lease.

Iffromexperience,youhavebeendissatisfied with visual indicator settings resulting from your se-lected skier type classification, you may wish to consider: (a) chang-ingyourskiertypeclassification;(b) selecting different skier type classifications for toe and heel components;(c)selectingskierTypes -1 ("for skiers who desire visual indicator settings lower than settingsforaType1skier")or3+("for skiers who desire visual indi-cator settings higher than settings for a Type 3 skier").

release agreementi, hereby acknowledge that I have been advised by the

(rental shop, sales department, etc.) that the setting which I have

requested for my bindings (Model ) is not the setting recommended by the manufacturer of the bindings for a skier of my height, weight, age and skier type. I understand that as a condition of obtaining this setting on the bindings at the time of their de-livery, I must agree to forever release the shop, its employees and agents, the manufacturer, and the distributor from any and all liability for injury or death which results to me or others from the use of these bindings. I acknowledge that there may be increased risk of injury or death to me as a result of my own personal preference for binding setting, particularly in view of the inherent and other risks of the sport of skiing. I hereby waive all claims arising from the use of the bindings and release from all liabil-ity the shop, the distributor and the manufacturer, their agents and em-ployees and I further agree to indemnify them from any and all liability or harm or damage of any kind whatsoever which may result from the use of these bindings by myself or anyone I allow to use the bindings.

I, the undersigned, have read and understand this liability release agree-ment, and agree that it is binding upon me, my heirs, guardians, adminis-trators, assigns, and legal representatives.

Skier Signature (or, in the case of a minor, that of the skier’s parent or guardian)

Shop Manager’s Signature

Skiers requesting Settings not recommended by Salomon

The 2010/2011 Salomon adjustment chart is the only release adjustment chart authorized for use by Salomon dealers during the 2010/2011 sea-son. Salomon recognizes a skier’s right to choose settings outside those recommended as per the current Salomon Adjustment Chart (particularly when the skier’s preferred setting is also within the range of acceptable settings).

If the skier requests a setting other than the one derived from the current Salomon Adjustment Chart, the shop may:• AdjustthesystemtoindividualrequestsIFthetechniciannoteson

the workshop or rental form the reason the higher or lower setting was requested. The customer must verify the request for the higher or lower settings by signing and dating the form by the noted reason of the setting request. (It is suggested that the shop have the skier sign a release identical to the release agreement printed on this page. The release must then be attached to the completed workshop or rental form.) NOTE: Current Salomon workshop and rental forms include a "Requested Settings" option for customer requested settings, which eliminates the need for a separate release in such instances.

• AdjustthesystemtothesettingderivedfromtheSalomonAdjustmentChart and instruct the skier on how to change the setting.

retaIl systems > release value > 15

determining Skier type

releaSe Value Selection & adJuStMent

It is the skier’s responsibility to determine Skier Type. Skier Type is not the same as skier ability and the two should not be confused. Skier Type must be indicated on the workshop form or rental form by the skier. The Skier classification chart is available in small and large poster size versions from Salomon and should be displayed to assist customers in classifying themselves.

These descriptions are compatible with ASTM and ISO documents.

requested Settings

Step 4

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 15 10/14/10 4:28 PM

retaIl systems > release value > 16

2010/2011 Salomon adjustment chart

releaSe Value Selection & adJuStMent > (continued)

All current model Salomon bindings use the DIN adjustment scale. Release setting numbers on this scale are referred to as “visual indicator set-tings.” Some older model Salomon bindings were manufactured prior to the establishment of the DIN standard scale and use a different adjustment scale. Refer to previous Shop Practices Manuals to adjust these models.The 2010/2011 Adjustment Chart is the only release adjustment chart authorized for Salomon dealers during the 2010/2011 season. Only those settings recommended by Salomon should be used when de-termining the appropriate adjustment for each skier’s system. Refer to Skier’s requesting Settings not recommended by Salomon (page 15) for skiers requesting other settings.

determining & adjusting Visual indicator Settings

A

137 588

121 520

105 452

91 380

78 320

67 271

58 229

50 194

43 165

37 141

31 120

27 102

23 87

20 75

17 64

14 52

11 40

8 29

5 18

3/4

1 3/4 3/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

3/4

3/4

11/4

13/4

21/4

23/4

31/2

31/2 3 3 23/4

41/2 4 31/2 31/2

51/2 5 41/2 4 3

61/2 6 51/2 5 4

71/2 7 61/2 6 5

81/2 8 7 6

10 91/2 81/2 71/2

111/2 11 10 9

12 101/2

11/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

1

11/2 11/4

13/4 11/2 11/2

21/4 2 13/4

23/4 21/2 21/4

21/2

3

31/2

41/2

51/2

61/2

8

91/2

11

13/4

2

3/4

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

A

137 588

121 520

105 452

91 380

78 320

67 271

58 229

50 194

43 165

37 141

31 120

27 102

23 87

20 75

17 64

14 52

11 40

8 29

5 18

3/4

1 3/4 3/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

3/4

3/4

11/4

13/4

21/4

23/4

31/2

31/2 3 3 23/4

41/2 4 31/2 31/2

51/2 5 41/2 4 3

61/2 6 51/2 5 4

71/2 7 61/2 6 5

81/2 8 7 6

10 91/2 81/2 71/2

111/2 11 10 9

12 101/2

11/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

1

11/2 11/4

13/4 11/2 11/2

21/4 2 13/4

23/4 21/2 21/4

21/2

3

31/2

41/2

51/2

61/2

8

91/2

11

13/4

2

3/4

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

A

137 588

121 520

105 452

91 380

78 320

67 271

58 229

50 194

43 165

37 141

31 120

27 102

23 87

20 75

17 64

14 52

11 40

8 29

5 18

3/4

1 3/4 3/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

3/4

3/4

11/4

13/4

21/4

23/4

31/2

31/2 3 3 23/4

41/2 4 31/2 31/2

51/2 5 41/2 4 3

61/2 6 51/2 5 4

71/2 7 61/2 6 5

81/2 8 7 6

10 91/2 81/2 71/2

111/2 11 10 9

12 101/2

11/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

1

11/2 11/4

13/4 11/2 11/2

21/4 2 13/4

23/4 21/2 21/4

21/2

3

31/2

41/2

51/2

61/2

8

91/2

11

13/4

2

3/4

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

42-48

79-91

92-107

36-41

67-78

31-35

57-66

26-30

48-56

22-25

39-47

18-21

30-38

14-17

22-29

10-13

<- 4'10"<- 148 cm

231-250 mm

<-230 mm

251-270 mm

271-290 mm

291-310 mm

311-330 mm

331-350 mm

>-351 mm

108-125

49-57

4'11"-5'1"149-157 cm

126-147

58-66

5'2"-5'5"158-166 cm

148-174

67-78

5'6"-5'10"167-178 cm

175-209

79-94

>-95

5'11"-6'4"179-194 cm

>-210

>- 6'5">- 195 cm

REF.REF.

Insp

ecti

on R

ange

In-u

se R

ange

lb kgWeight Skier

Code*

Twist

Torque Range(Newton Meters)

Initial Toe/Heel Indicatorby Boot Sole Length (mm)

Skier

2010/2011 ADJUSTMENT CHARTForward

Lean

Heightft-in/cm

* Based on "Type 1" Skier

Step

4

The following procedure is used for determining visual indicator set-tings using the 2010/2011 Salomon Adjustment Chart.1. FindtheSkier’sCode.Locatethe

skier’s weight and height in the first two columns. If the skier’s weight and height are not in the same row, select the Skier’s code that is closest to the top of the chart.

2. The skier’s code is appropriate for Type 1 skiers:• ForType2skiers,movedown

on the chart one row. • ForType3skiers,movedown

on the chart two rows.

• ForType-1skiers,moveuponthe chart one row.

• ForType3+skiers,movedownon the chart three rows.

• A skier may select different skier types for toe and heel piece.

3. Forskiersage9andyoungerorage 50 and older, move up the chart one row. • Forskiers29lbs.andunder,no

further correction is appropriate.• Forskiers38lbs.andunder,

Skier Type -1 is inappropriate.4. Locate the column that represents

the skier’s boot sole length (in mm).

5. Theboxattheintersectionoftheskier’s boot sole length column and the Skier’s Code row shows the initial visual indicator setting for the skier. If the intersection of the row and column falls in a blankbox,moveleftorrightonthesamerowtothenearestboxshowing a visual indicator setting.

6. Record the visual indicator set-tingsontheWorkshopForm.• If a skier selects different skier

types for toe and heel piece, it must be recorded on the work-shop or rental form in the order toe/heel (T/H), using a (/) to separate the two types.

Visual indicator Setting adjustment Adjust both toes and heels of the system to the visual indicator setting derived from the adjustment chart. Sometimesatechnicianmayexperi-encedifficultydeterminingexactlywhere the visual indicator should appear in the binding’s visual indica-torwindow.Forexample,asettingof51/2 is not precisely marked on the binding. The technician should use those values that are clearly marked on the binding as reference points and set the release adjustment as close as possible to the setting that isrecordedontheWorkshopForm.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 16 10/14/10 4:28 PM

retaIl systems > fInal checkIng > 17

Visual inspection of System components

final checKing & ViSual inSpectionWhile anyone can mount and adjust a Salomon binding, to receive indemnification from Salomon a Salomon CertifiedTechnicianmustsignorinitialtheWorkshopFormattestingthatallsystemsinspectionshavebeenperformed.AFinalCheckisyourqualitycontrolmeasuretoverifythatallrequiredprocedureshavebeenproperly completed.


47 Standard Boot Sole Dimensions

19 Troubleshooting21 SalomonWorkshopForm

S

test for elastic travel & return

A

common compatibility problems

Step 5

test for Boot/Binding compatibilityCheck the boot/binding combination to ensure all components are com-patible.Unlessabindingisspecificallydesignedforusewithbothjuniorand adult norm boot soles, adult and junior systems cannot be combined, e.g., junior boots with adult bindings or vice versa. If the system passes this test, mark “Pass” ( )ontheWorkshopFormfor“TestofBoot-Binding Compatibility.”

If you are not sure that the boot complies with standards or if you are not sure that the system components are compatible, see troubleshooting.

the Boot• InconsistencieswithISOand

applicable norms. • Grossirregularitieswherethe

boot contacts the binding and theAFD.

• Unacceptablelowgradethermoplastic construction.

• Rubberand/ormetaltipprotectors

• Moldflashings.• Excessivewear.

• Debrislodgedinthesole.• Warpedorimproperlycanted

boot sole.• Cut-outsinthesolethat

impede proper brake function. (If you are uncertain of boot compatibility, perform the clean vs. lubricated test. Boots that fail this test or violate any of the above points should not be used with any Salomon binding.)

the Ski• Mountingscrewsprotruding

through the base.• Delaminatedsidewall.Thiscan

be detected visually or by run-ning your fingers along the sides of the ski.

• Bindingbaseplatesnotflushwithski surface.

• Delaminatedtopskin.• Pre-drilledholes.Asageneral

rule, bindings should not be installed on skis that have previ-ously been drilled for three or more sets of bindings.

the Binding components• Stripped,looseor

missing screws.• ConditionoftheAFD(ripped,

loose, imbedded dirt, boot sole pattern, tread imprint, etc.).

• Conditionofanti-frictioninserts(where applicable).

• Missingorunreadablevisualindicators and missing windows.

• Bentorbrokenbaseplate,principalaxisorhousing.

• Strippedorjammedtoeheightand cup adjustment screws.

• Jammedreleaseadjustmentscrew.

• Othervisiblewear.• Improperlyinstalledleash

or brake.• Irregularheeltrackfunction.• Bentorbrokenbaseplate,track

or heel.

the Ski Brake• Improperbrakearmlength.• Improperinstallation.• Brokenentrypedals.• Bentorbrokenbrakearms.

• Strengthofskibrake.Abrakemust not compress totally when the ski is set on a flat surface.

• Othervisiblewear.

Visual inspection of the complete Systemplace the boot in the binding and check the accuracy of:• Toeheightadjustment

(if applicable).• Toecupwidthadjustment

(if applicable).• Centralrolleradjustment

(if applicable).

• Forwardpressureadjustment.• Visualindicatorsettings.• Symmetricalmountingofbind-ingstoskicenterline(%1mm).This should be in the same loca-tion on both skis.

lateral Secure the ski. Hit the forefoot area of the boot with an object that will not damage the boot, such as a rubber hammer. fig. AUsesufficientforceto move the boot off-center, but not hard enough to release the system. The boot should move off-center at least 5 mm and return to center within 2 mm of its original position.

Vertical Depress the heel lever while pulling forward on the upper cuff of the boot until the boot heel lifts at least 5 mm. fig. S Release both hands simul-taneously. The boot should return to the ski quickly and smoothly. This inspection can be performed either manually or by using a mechanical testing device. If a testing device is used, follow the recommendations of the test device manufacturer for proper procedure.

If the system passes these tests, mark “Pass” ( ) on the Workshop Formfor“TestforElasticTravel&Return”.Ifthesystemfails,seetroubleshooting.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 17 10/14/10 4:28 PM

retaIl systems > testIng > 18

Mechanical inSpection


16 2010/2011 Salomon Adjustment Chart

19 Troubleshooting21 SalomonWorkshopForm

note*U.S.Dealersonly;recommended

for Canadian Dealers.**ForSalomonindemnificationto

apply, the shop must follow the test device manufacturer’s requirements for:

• Properuse.• Validcalibration.• Calibrationcheckatrecommend-

ed intervals.• Consistentresultsbetweentech-

nicians operating this device.

Step

6

Exercisethetoebyreleasingitoncein each direction. Measure and record the test result for both clock-wise and counterclockwise direc-tions fig. A with a force or torque-measuring device. The test result is the middle quantitative value of three measured release values. If the first

two measured values are the same, there is no need to take a third mea-surement. See examples of Middle Quantitative Values (above)

The toe passes this inspection if the test results in both directions fall within the “Inspection Range”

as determined from the Salomon adjustment chart. See Sample Systems inspection ranges (above).

If your test results for clock wise and counterclockwise release appear tobeatoppositeextremesofthe

inspection range, you may have an installation error or an incompatible boot. This is known as asymmetric release. Troubleshoot the system and re-test after the problem has been corrected.

It is a requirement* for Salomon indemnification that all ski/binding/boot systems be verified using a force or torque measuring device.**A previously damaged binding component or boot may break during the added stress of mechanical testing. Consumers should be advised of this possibility prior to any mechanical testing of their equipment.

A

twist test (toe)

Exercisetheheelbyreleasingitonce. Measure and record the test result using a force or torque measuring device. fig. S The test result should be within the “Inspection Range.” If both twist and forward lean results fall

within the appropriate inspec-tion range, mark “Pass” ( ) on the Workshop form for “Release ValueWithinSpecifiedRange.”

S

forward lean test (heel)

If the twist test or forward lean test results are not within the “Inspection Range” but are withinthegreater“In-UseRange,”the visual indicator of the com-ponent affecting the test result should be readjusted to bring the test result within the “Inspection Range.” If the test result is out-sidethe“In-UseRange,”refertotroubleshooting. It is not neces-

sary to record any of the test re-sults on the Workshop form. It is only necessary to record whether the system passed or failed each inspection and the final visual indicator settings. Any system component that repeatedly fails any inspection should not remain in use. When the technician is sat-isfied that all required procedures have been completed according

to Salomon’s recommendations in this manual, he or she must sign the Workshop form. (The signing technician must be currently certi-fied by Salomon.)

examples of Middle Quantitative Values

3 Maximum release Values

Middle Quantitative Value

(Test Result) 45, 40, 50 45 60, 50, 50 50 30, 40, 45 40 55, 65, 60 60

Sample Systems inspection ranges Based on Skier Code "L"

inSp

ecti

on r

ange

in-u

Se r

ange

58

78

43

50

67

ref

x

x

twist test & forward lean tests > release Value Within Specified range

results not Within the Specified range

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 18 10/14/10 4:28 PM

retaIl systems > testIng > 19

troubleshooting

Boot/Bindingsystemswearwithtime.Thisisexpected.Normalwearand/orfatigueofasystemcanbeexpected.Ifasysteminspectionindicatesasystemisnotfunctioningasintended,thecauseoftheproblemmust be identified and corrective action should be taken.

Mechanical inSpection > Troubleshooting

400

360

320

280

240

200

160

120

80

40

00 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

fail

fail

pass

ForwardLean(Nm)

clean test

lubr

icat

ed t

est

ForwardLean(Nm)

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

passfail

fail

Twist (Nm)

clean test

lubr

icat

ed t

est

Twis

t (N

m)

twist test

compatibility tables: clean vs. lubricated tests

forward lean test


17 TestForElasticTraveland Return

17 TestForBoot/BindingCompatibility

21 SalomonWorkshopForm85 Salomon Retail Binding

Limited Warranty

Step 6

Thefirststepistore-examineeachcomponent of the ski/binding/boot system individually. If a problem is found, e.g., stripped toe height screw, out-of-standard boot sole, improperly mounted binding, miss-ingAFD,etc.,properBinding-to-Boot adjustments cannot be made. No further work can be performed onthesystem.Mark“Fail”( ) on this section of the Workshop form.*

On used bindings, inspect all boot tobindingpointsofcontactforex-cessive wear.

If the system failed the test for elastic travel & return, check that all boot/binding interfaces are clean, smooth and clear of debris. If the boot is dirty, clean it with a solution of mild dish washing soap and water. If the binding is dirty, clean it according to the proce-dures described in Maintenance and repair. Check that the boot enters the binding correctly. Make

sure the boot is properly positioned in the toe and heel cups. Check the visual indicator settings. They shouldnotexceedtheminimumormaximumsettingandshouldbesetappropriately for the skier. Re-test the system for elastic travel & return. If the system fails this test, mark"Fail"( ) on this section of the Workshop form.*

IfthesystemfailedtheTestForBoot/Binding Compatibility, mark "Fail"( ) on this section of the Workshop form.* If you are not sure that the boot complies with the mandatory standards, or if you are not sure that the boot/binding system components are compat-ible, do a clean vs. lubricated test. To perform a clean vs. lubricated test, all adjustments to the system, e.g., visual indicator settings, forward pressure adjust-ments, etc., must be the same as when the system was previously tested. Lubricate the boot with a

mild dish washing soap wherever it contacts the binding and wipe off anyexcesslubricant.Performthetwist test and forward lean test as done previously and record your results.Next,comparetheresultsof the lubricated test with those of the previously performed non-lu-bricated clean test. Plot the results on the compatibility tables. If the results don’t fall within the shaded “Pass” window on the table, the BOOT is incompatible with the binding and should not be used. Mark“Fail”( ) on the Workshop form.*

If no problems have been found with the system and the release Value Within Specified range can-not be obtained, further tests must beundertaken.First,switchtesterstocheckoperatoraccuracy.Next,check the accuracy of the testing device per the device manufac-turer’s recommendations. Re-test the system. If the system releases

outsidethe“In-UseRange,”mark“Fail”( ) on this section of the Workshop form.*

If the customer refuses to have work done that is necessary to bring the system within standards, or requests work that violates the recommendations of this manual, thetechnicianshouldchecktheboxnexttothestatementindicatingout-of-standard components on the Workshop form. A note should be made in the Comment section of the form describing the problem and the skier should be warned that continued use of the system is inadvisable. The shop will not be indemnified for work done on that system.

* the customer should be informed of, and authorize, action needed to correct the problem. please refer to the technical reference section for warranty information on binding components covered under warranty.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 19 10/14/10 4:28 PM

retaIl systems > record keePIng > 20

SKier inStruction, Warning & record KeepingSkier instruction & Warning

retail record Keeping

note* Without this information, indemni-

fication will not apply.


21 SalomonWorkshopForm21 Liability Release

Agreement32 Maintenance Guidelines

Step

7

When the Certified Technician signs orinitialstheWorkshopForm,thetechnician attests that all proce-dures have been completed. It is not necessary for the technician to personally provide the skier with in-structions as long as the shop does. To help reduce your shop’s liability risk and to receive indemnification from Salomon, take the following steps whenever a skier picks up their equipment. (If the individual picking up the equipment is not the intended user, treat that individual as though they were the intended user. In the case of minor skiers, follow these steps in the presence of both the minor skier and a parent or legal guardian.)

explanation of entry/exit/re-entryThe proper use of the system (entry, exitandre-entry)mustbeexplainedusing the skier’s own system as an example.

explanation of parts and release adjustmentsShow the skier where the visual indicator adjustment caps/screws are located. Point out the binding-to-boot adjustments. Indicate where the visual indicator settings are

recordedontheWorkshopFormandhave the customer verify that the settings recorded on the form agree with the settings appearing in the visual indicator window of the bind-ing.(Itisnotnecessarytoexplainhow these numbers are derived.) Although skiers may work on their own system, suggest that if a prob-lem develops, the system should be taken to a Salomon Authorized Binding Dealer.

receipt of in-Box instructionsWhen a skier purchases a new binding, it is required that they also receivethein-boxpamphletincludedineachbindingbox.Thepamphletshould be reviewed with the skier so that it is fully understood.

Skier Signature on the Workshop formThe skier must read and under-stand the conditions specified in the Liability Release Agreement. Point out that the skier is signing a release of liability and that included in the release is a specific warning that the binding will not release under all circumstances nor is it possible to predict every situation in which it

will release, and it is, therefore, no guarantee of the skier’s safety.

the Skier must then sign the Workshop form, indicating the skier:• Hasbeeninstructedintheproper

use of the equipment.• Hasreceivedthein-boxpamphlet

(new bindings only).• Hasverifiedthatthevisualindicator

settings correspond to the record-edsettingsontheWorkshopForm.

• Hasreadandunderstandsthespe-cific information on the Workshop Formthatreleasestheshop,manu-facturer and distributor from liabil-ity.

• Understandsthatskiinginvolvesinherent risks and that injuries are a common and ordinary occurrence of the sport.

• UnderstandsthatincludedintheLiability Release Agreement is the specific warning that the binding will not release at all times or under all circumstances where release may prevent injury or death, nor is it possible to predict every situa-tion in which it will release, and it is, therefore, no guarantee of their safety.

• Understandsthatthebindingsshould be maintained as per suggestions in Maintenance guidelines prior to the beginning of each season and every 30 skier days per year.

The person who signs the Workshop Formshouldbetheintendeduserofthe equipment. In the case of a mi-nor skier, the signature on the form must be that of the skier’s parent or legal guardian. If someone other than the skier or the skier’s parent or guardian picks up the equipment, this person should be treated as though he or she were the skier and, therefore, must sign the Workshop Form.AnotemustbeplacedontheWorkshopFormthatthe“agent”must transmit the information to the intended user. If a skier refuses to signtheWorkshopForm,Salomonwill not provide indemnification and the shop should consider refusing to provide service to the skier.

receipt of Workshop formThe skier must be given a copy of theWorkshopFormthatincludesasigned copy of the Liability Release Agreement.

A Salomon authorized shop is required to keep accurate records of work performed. Aside from the legal reasons, accurate records pro-vide a permanent history of the cus-tomers you have serviced over the years. Workshop records must be kept for five years or for the statute of limitations of the state or prov-ince, whichever period is longer.

The following is a list of informa-tion* that must be recorded every time a Salomon binding is mounted and/or adjusted. It is not necessary to use a Salomon Workshop form, but any form that the shop uses should include all the information listed below.*1. *Date of transaction.2. *Name and address of the skier.3. *Skier’s height, weight, age and

skier type.4. *Skis (brand, model and serial

number).5. *Boot (brand, model and sole

length).6. *Binding (brand and model).

7. *Skier’s Code.8. *System inspection results

("Pass"or"Fail"forallfunctionaltests must be indicated).

9. *Visualindicatorsettings.10. *Salomon Certified Technician’s

initials or signature attesting that all functional tests and instructional procedures have been completed.

11. *Liability Release Agreement which is either the same as/or substantial equivalent of the Salomon form.

12. *Skier signature (or that of the skier’s agent or, in the case of a minor, that of the skier’s parent or guardian) attesting that the skier:a. Has been instructed in the

proper use of the equipment.b.Hasreceivedthein-boxpam-

phlet (new bindings only).c. Has verified that the visual

indicator settings correspond to the recorded visual indica-tor settings.

d. Has read and understands the Liability Release Agreement ontheWorkshopForm.

e. Understandsthatthereareinherent and other risks in the sport of snow skiing and agrees to assume those risks.

f. Understandsthatincludedin the Liability Release Agreement is the specific warning that the binding will not release under all circum-stances where release may prevent injury or death, nor is it possible to predict every situation in which it will re-lease, and it is, therefore, no guarantee of their safety.

g.Understandsthatbindingsshould be maintained as per suggestions in Maintenance Guidelines.

13. Notes on the boot sole’s ma-terial, shape and/or condition should be made when neces-sary.

14. If the visual indicator settings vary from the recommended setting, note the reason for this. Attach a signed release to the WorkshopForm.NOTE:CurrentSalomon workshop and rental forms include a "Requested Settings" option for customer requested settings, which elimi-nates the need for a separate release in such instances.

15. Refusal to serve statement. This statement should be written so as to absolve the ski shop from any liability when the customer refuses to have work performed as per guidelines of Salomon and the shop

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 20 10/14/10 4:28 PM

Name

Name

TakenBy:

DateDue:

First

Last

M.I.Name:

Street

City

Phone #

Your Weight lbs.

State Zip

Stance:Goofy

YourHeight ft. in. Age

I have accurately represented the above listed information and it istrue and correct. I will not use any of my equipment until I havereceived instruction on its use and I fully understand its use andfunction [including receipt of accompanying manufacturer’sinstruction pamphlet[s] for new equipment]. I agree to verify that thevisual indicator settings to be recorded on this form for downhill skiequipment, and skiboards equipped with release bindings, agree withthe number appearing in the visual indicator windows of theequipment to be listed on this form. I agree to read and execute theLIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT on the back of this form.

Technician’s Signature:

Snowboard

Acknowledgement of Personal Information,Equipment Instructions & Liability Release

Agreement

Equipment User’sSignature:Parent/Guardian Signature(if not adult user):

Date:

(Shaded areas for shop use only)

RegularL ° R °

Comments:

SKIS/SNOWBOARD/SKIBOARDSerial No:BOOTSModel:BINDINGSBrand:POLESBrand:Other:

EQUIPMENT TOTALWork Requested

Model

Sole Length (cm):

Model:

Length:

$

$

Binding-to-Boot AdjustmentTest for Elastic Travel & ReturnTest of Boot-Binding CompatibilityRelease Value Within Specified Range

Due to system components that are out of standard or otherwise unsuitable,the work cannot be performed. (See COMMENTS below)

( )( )( )( )

( )( )( )( )

( )( )( )( )

PASS FAIL N/ARELEASE BINDING SYSTEM INSPECTION Skier’s Code

EquipmentLaborSub-TotalTaxTOTAL $

.

.

.

8410009333 ©2005, Moore Wallace All rights reserved. - 0207

Visual Indicator Settings

Downhill SkiingIndicate Skier Type:

L ToeL Heel

R ToeR Heel

Requested SettingsL ToeL Heel

R ToeR Heel

FWD PRESSUREDIN SETTINGTOE HEIGHTSCREW TENSIONWAXED / EDGEDTECH INITIAL:

Name

LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT

I understand that the binding system cannot guarantee the user’ssafety. In downhill skiing, and skiboarding with skiboards equippedwith release bindings, this binding system will not release at alltimes or under all circumstances where release may prevent injuryor death, nor is it possible to predict every situation in which itwill release. In snowboarding, cross-country skiing, skiboardingwith skiboards equipped with non-release bindings, snowshoeingand other sports utilizing equipment with non-release bindings, thebinding system will not ordinarily release during use; these bindingsare not designed to release as a result of forces generated duringordinary operation.

I understand that the sports of skiing, snowboarding, skiboarding,snowshoeing and other sports (collectively "RECREATIONAL SNOWSPORTS") involve inherent and other risks of INJURY and DEATH.I voluntarily agree to expressly assume all risks of injury or deaththat may result from these RECREATIONAL SNOW SPORTS, orwhich relate in any way to the use of this equipment.

I understand that a helmet designed for RECREATIONAL SNOWSPORTS use will help reduce the risk of some types of injuries tothe user at slower speeds. I recognize that serious injury or deathcan result from both low and high energy impacts, even when ahelmet is worn.

I AGREE TO RELEASE AND HOLD HARMLESS the facility servicingthis equipment, its employees, owners, affiliates, agents, officers,directors, and the equipment manufacturers and distributors andtheir successors in interest (collectively "PROVIDERS"), from allliability for injury, death, property loss and damage which resultsfrom the equipment user’s participation in the RECREATIONALSNOW SPORTS for which the equipment is provided, or which isrelated in any way to the use of this equipment, including allliability which results from the NEGLIGENCE of PROVIDERS, orany other person or cause.

I further agree to defend and indemnify PROVIDERS for any lossor damage, including any that results from claims or lawsuits forpersonal injury, death, and property loss and damage related inany way to the use of this equipment.

This agreement is governed by the applicable law of this state orprovince. If any provision of this agreement is determined to beunenforceable, all other provisions shall be given full force andeffect.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THISLIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT.

User’s Signature:

Date:

Parent/Guardian/Agent: I verify that I am the parent, guardian oragent of the equipment user; I have the authority to enter into thisagreement on behalf of the equipment user; and I agree to bebound by the terms and conditions of this agreement.

Parent/Guardian/Agent’s Signature:

Date:

retaIl systems > record keePIng > 21

SKier inStruction, Warning & record KeepingSalomon Workshop form*


B1WSfM (U.S.only)WorkshopForm

B10008 (Can. Bilingual) WorkshopForm

note*U.S.formshown.


20 Skier Instruction & Warning

Step 7

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 21 10/14/10 4:28 PM

22

rental & deMo Binding SySteMS

preparation

Bindings are designed to be used with specific norm boot soles, i.e., ju-nior norm boot soles with junior bindings and adult norm boot soles with adultbindings.Undernocircumstancesshouldajuniorbootbeusedwith

an adult binding. The C305 and S305 are designed for use with junior norm boot soles and smaller adult norm boot soles.

Two jigs are needed to mount current model Salomon rental bindings. The jigs can be used for both Synchro and non Synchro Systems. Please refer to the rental Jig Selection chart (right) for the reference numbers.

See page 24 for Synchro pre-set requirements. Contact your

customer service representative for additional jigs to mount older models of Salomon rental bind-ings.

See Jig Selection & use on page 8 for more information.


7 Boot-to-Binding Compatibility

8 JigSelection&Use9 Drilling, Tapping & Glue25 RentalVisual&

Mechanical Inspections28 Maintenance Records

Boot-to-Binding compatibility

Jig Selection

ForgeneralPreparationInstructions,pleaserefertopage 7.All rental skis must have an Identification Number and a method to record maintenance and testing informa-tion (e.g., Salomon sample Ski/Binding Maintenance record and Boot Maintenance record).


001156 Adult Retail Jig001003 Rental Jig001040 Rental Jig Wide Skis78313301ExtralightJig

rental Jig Selection chart

Models Din Scale

Jig Ref. #

Boot Sole Range (mm)

Synchro Pre-Sets Required

(Toe height & Toe wings)Sk

i wid

th

56 -

99 m

m

Wid

e sk

is

80 -

123

mm

Z12 SC 4 to 12

Jig

Ref

. # 0

0100

3

Jig

Ref

. # 0

0104

0

260 - 382 •710 SC 3 to 10 260 - 382609SC 2.5to9 260 - 382609SR 2.5to9 230 - 308608 SC 2 to 7.5 260 - 382711 SC 3.5 to 11 260 - 382L 8 SC 2.5 to 8 260 - 382L 7 SC 2 to 7.5 260 - 382607 SR 2 to 7 230 - 308L 7 SR 2 to 7.5 230 - 308305 SC 0.75 to 4.5 216 - 304305 SR 0.75 to 4.5 190-246TZ 5 SR 0.5 to 4.5 190-246TZ 5 SC 0.5 to 4.5 216 - 304TZ 5 Juniortrak 0.5 to 4.5 24729001 200 - 308

Step

1

Proper procedures for a Salomon Certified Technician to follow while mounting and adjusting Salomon Rental and Demo bindings.

Phot

o: D

an C

arr.

Skie

r: Sa

mm

y Ca

rlson

.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 22 10/14/10 4:28 PM

rental & demo > PreParatIon 23

legend

Heel Track Adjustment Loop

Adjustment Screw

VisualIndicator Heel Lever Heel Cup Brake Pedal

Adjustment Range Indicators

Spheric Pedal/AFD

Toe Cup Toe Height Adjustment Screw VisualIndicator

Adjustment Screw

Toe Length Adjustment Screw

Brake Arm Heel Housing Baseplate Lubrication Point*

*UseSalomongrease(Ref.#000905)ontrack.

inStallation


001156 Adult Retail Jig001003 Rental Jig001191 Wide Sizes Rental Sticker001189 Salomon Boot Sole

Measuring Device000902 Rental Adjustment Tool

S912 Light

C608 SR

Step 2

Salomon Synchro System

A S

FD

G H

There are two basic types of Synchro System bindings: SC and SR. While both have a moveable heel piece, only the SC (Synchro Center) models have a moveable toe, allowing both the toe and heel piece to be adjusted to “center” the boot.

To set up the Synchro Systems, you will need: Salomon rental bind-ings with Synchro Heel Guides and the parts listed below

Sr Models (non-moveable toe) are mounted using the Retail procedures.

non-Synchro System FollowSynchroSystem procedures, omitting mea-surementofbootsandaffixingSynchro Stickers.

Sc Models (moveable toe) are mounted using the procedures de-scribed below.

first, set the jig to the proper posi-tion. It is imperative that the jig be set correctly and all bindings be mountedatthecorrectposition.Forconsistent mounting, drill the jig and pin it in the correct position.

next, place the jig properly on the ski, drill the ski and remove any shavings. Place a drop of glue onto the drilled holes. On SC (move able toe) model bindings, mount the toe plate securely with the four screws provided fig. A. Move the adjust-ment lever on the front of the toe to the left and con tinue to slide the toe onto the plate fig. S.

Slide the central plate onto the toe piece, fig. D then position the heel over the central plate and holes, fig. F and tighten using a criss-cross pattern.

2004/2005 and later Synchro center Systems use color-coded adjustment range indicators.

Simply read the boot sole length in mm’s (stamped on the side of the boot sole) and move the toe to the corresponding mm length range position fig. G. Each range is individually color coded.

Then move the heel to the correct color coded mm length mark shown on the heel track cover fig. H.

Colorcodingmakesiteasiertoread.Forexample:whenthetoeispositionedintheyellow(296–307mm)range,lookforthematchingyellowrectangles(296mm,304mm,307mm)ontheheeltrackcover.

color-coded adjustment range indicators

Toe piece position for a boot sole length of 302 mm

Lines on the heel track

300 to 303 mm Heel piece position for a boot sole length of 302 mm (white triangle on the heel housing)

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 23 10/14/10 4:28 PM

Synchro center Models. Move the button on the front of the toe to the left, and slide the toe to the Synchro position indicated. Ensure

thetoelocksfirmlyinplace.ForS850 and other non-current SC models, push the toe back, de-press the button on the left side of the toe, and slide the toe into position. fig. A The toe locks into place automatically. The adjust-ment is correct when the mid-sole mark on the ski is aligned with the mid-sole mark on the boot.

rental & demo > InstallatIon > 24

S D

note* Synchro presets.

Micrometric toe heights, inde-pendent and simultaneous wing adjustments can be preset using a Standard norm Boot Sole (page 47) for Synchro applications. A dab of silicone caulk can then be put into the slot of the adjustment screws to prevent tampering.


15 ReleaseValueSelection&Adjustment

25 Pre-Season Inspections

Binding-to-Boot adJuStMentSadjusting

toe heighttoe position

heel position / forward pressure toe cup Width

A

Step

3

Junior tZ 5 Sc installation

A S FD

G H

automatic Models. Sport/Quadraxtoeshaveautomatictoe height adjustment.

Micrometric Models.Raise the toe by turning the ad-justment screw, located on top of the toe piece counterclockwise. Pull the boot back and continue to

turn the adjustment screw coun-terclockwise until you see light between the boot sole and the bindingAFD.Turnthescrewclock-wise until the gap is no more than 0.5 mm or preset for Synchro sys-tems using a preset toe height.*

finger adjustment Models. Lift the adjustment loop at the back of the heel and slide the heel forward to the Synchro posi-tion indicated or until the binding heel cup contacts the boot heel. fig. S Release the loop, push the

boot down and check the forward pressure indicator. The silver tab should be visible in the housing window. fig. D (It is not neces-sary to put the boot in the binding for Synchro applications.)

automatic Wing adjustment Models. Same as retail counter-parts (see page 14).

independent Wing adjustment Models. Same as retail counter-parts (see page 14) or preset for Synchro systems using a preset toe width.*

Simultaneous Wing adjustment Models. Same as retail counter-parts (see page 14) or preset for Synchro systems using a preset toe width.*

The TZ 5 SC comes with an interface plate which must first be installed on the ski before sliding the toe and heel pieces onto its tracks. Mounting the TZ 5 SC interface plate requires anewjig(ref.#24729001)thoughthe procedure should otherwise be familiar.

center the jig on the ski and drill asusual(refertoJigUseaswellasDrilling Tapping & Glue on pages 8 and 9).

Mount the TZ 5 SC interface on the ski using the screws provided.

check the manual lock of the toe piece is totally opened (fig. A)

and remove the brake lock from the brake.

Slide the toe piece onto the front of the interface until it corresponds with or is just above your boot sole length (fig. S). Make sure the toe unit clicks into place.

close the manual lock (fig. D).

Slide the heel piece onto the back of the heel track while holding up the manual lock (fig. F) until it cor-responds with or is just above your boot sole length (fig. G). Make sure the heel unit clicks into place.

caution: check again that the man-ual lock of the toe piece is closed (fig. H).

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 24 10/14/10 4:28 PM

All current Salomon rental bindings must be adjusted according to the 2010/2011 Salomon adjustment chart. This is the only release adjustment chart authorized for Salomon bindings during the 2010/2011season.Foradetaileddescriptionofthechartsand procedures recommended by Salomon, please refer to pages 15 & 16 of this Manual.

rental & demo > adjustments > 25

Preseason inspections are per-formed on components of the release system: bindings and boots. All rental bindings, new and used, are visually inspected, and then tested using specially selected Reference Boots. Bindings that fail go through a troubleshooting proce-

dure to identify and correct the de-viation or malfunction. If this proce-dure does not correct the problem, the binding is removed from inven-tory. All rental boots, new and used, are visually inspected for damage, wear, contamination, broken or missing parts, or inferior materials

at contact points with the binding. In addition, one boot per “cell” is tested for boots that are new to the rental inventory. A cell is all boots of the same make, model, age, and shell size. A random selection of 5%ofallboots,previouslyacceptedinto inventory, is also tested. Tests

are performed with a test device and a pair of specially selected reference bindings. If a boot fails, all boots from that cell are then tested. Boots that fail and cannot be repaired are removed from inventory.

ThemechanicalinspectionsdiscussedinthissectionarerequiredofU.S.dealersandarestrongly recommended for Canadian dealers, both in the interest of consumer protection and as a sound risk-management strategy. Maintenance records must be kept for all bindings and bootsininventoryforbothpre-seasonandin-seasoninspections.OnlyPass/Failresultsshouldberecorded.Ifbindingsareswitchedfromone pair of skis to another, this should be noted on the records. To receive indemnification from Salomon, maintenance records must be kept on file for five years or the statute of limitations in your state or province, whichever is longer.

releaSe Value Selection & adJuStMent2010/2011 Salomon adjustment chart

rental ViSual & Mechanical inSpection

Step 6

Step 5

Step 4

Since it is impractical to perform a full inspection each time a system is rented, a routine of preseason and inseason inspections has been

developed to verify release indi-cator accuracy, confirm correct equipment function, and assure proper assembly and adjustment

procedures by the rental shop staff.Fullyimplemented,thepro-cedures that follow provide rental shop customers a standard of care

equivalent to that provided retail shop customers under current ISO [and ASTM] standards.

rental inspection Summary

pre-Season inspection

inseason inspection

Inseason inspections are performed on complete rental systems to ensure that the equipment is adjusted appro-priately and continues to function cor-rectly.Typically5%oftherentalinven-tory is tested during each two weeks sampling period. The random sample is equally divided between equipment

that is available for rental and equip-ment that has just been rented. The equipment in the “as rented” category is from real skiers in the condition in which it is either dispatched or re-turned, while the “available for rental” equipment may be set up for fictitious skiers. Only single skis, not pairs, are

tested, and testing at the toe is only required in one direction. A count is maintainedoftestresultsthatexceedallowable limits. The magnitude and frequency of these deviations deter-mines the frequency of future inspec-tions. Shops that fail an inspection must sample daily until the source of

the problem is found and corrected. Then, as inspection results improve, the frequency of sampling and inspec-tionisrelaxed.

important terms

correction factor: The value that must be added or subtracted from the initial visual indicator setting to bring the test result within the Inspection Tolerance (or Inspection Range).

directions of release: Unlessotherwise specified (see Inseason Inspection), the directions of release to be tested are forward lean and clockwise and counter clockwise in twist.

test device: A device that meets ISO standard 11110 [or ASTM standard F1061]andhasbeencheckedandmaintained in the manner specified by the device manufacturer.

test result or release torque: The middle quantitative value of three tests made in the same direction.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 25 10/14/10 4:28 PM

rental & demo > InsPectIon > 26

rental ViSual & Mechanical inSpection > (continued)

preseason inspection

inspection procedures

reference Boot Selection

The Reference Boot is a boot of a designated sole length that is oth-erwise typical of the boot inventory. Usetheprocedurebelowifthebootinventory includes several models and a representative boot cannot be easily identified.1. Select five single boots with sole

lengths as specified in table a for the binding type to be tested: adult, junior, or child.

2. Clean all five boots with a mild detergent and water.

3. Adjust a rental binding to the re-lease indicator setting specified in table a for the binding type.

4.Fitthebindingtothebootsanddetermine the Release Torque in all three directions of release (forward lean and both direc-tions in twist).

5. Average the Release Torque for CW and CCW twist release.

6. Reject and replace any boot with a CW to CCW difference of more than 6 Nm for adult boots or 4 Nm when testing child boot types.

7. Rank the five twist results and select as the Reference Boot for twist, the middle boot.

8. Rank the five forward lean re-sults and select as the Reference Boot for forward lean, the middle boot.

preseason Binding inspection

The procedure that follows is an integral part of preseason main-tenance. It is also a good way to de-termine if maintenance is adequate and which units have outlived their usefulness and must be removed from inventory.1. Clean areas of the bindings that

contact the boot and perform all preseason binding mainte-nance.

2. Visuallyormanuallycheck:•AFDcondition.•Brakesfunction.•Releaseindicatorreadability

and travel.•Screwtightness.•[otherproductspecificin-

spections if required]3. Fiteachbindingtothe

Reference Boot and adjust the release indicators to the value in table a.

4. Check that the heel track and toe track code (if any) agree with the sole length code (if any) of the Reference Boot.

5. With the Reference Boot in the binding, verify elastic travel of the toe piece by striking the boot toe with a mallet or dead hammer and checking that the toe piece returns the boot quickly and completely to cen-ter.

6. Verifyelastictraveloftheheelpiece by lifting the boot while depressing the heel piece cock-ing lever and checking that the heel piece returns the boot quickly and completely to the latched position. [other product specific procedures if required]

7. Manually release the binding 3 times in each direction.

8. Lubricate all boot/binding inter-faces with a mild liquid deter-gent and water solution.

9. WiththeSkiBindingTestDevice determine the Release Torque for each direction of release (forward lean and both directions in twist).

10. Record “PASS” in the bind-ing’s maintenance record if Test Results are within the Inspection Ranges provided in table a.

11. Set the ski aside if the Test Result in any directions of re-lease is outside the Inspection Range in table a.

12.FollowTroubleshootingProcedure from the binding manufacturer’s tech manual for units that have been set aside and retest if changes in the unit’s condition or adjustment are made.

13.Record“FAIL”inthebinding’smaintenance record if, after troubleshooting, test results in any direction of release are out-sidetheIn-UseRange.Replacethe “failed” unit and retest be-fore returning the ski to service.

14. If after troubleshooting, Test Results are outside the Inspection Range but within theIn-UseRange,applyaCorrectionFactortotheunitandnotetheCorrectionFactorfor that unit in the binding’s maintenance record.

15. If many bindings fail, check the test device and re-inspect the Reference Boot. If necessary, select another boot and retest the bindings.

preseason Boot preparation

The procedure that follows is an integral part of preseason main-tenance.1. Clean all boots with [a mild

detergent and water], and repair or replace damaged or missing parts.

2. Visuallycheck:•ConformancewithISOand

other applicable standards. If the boot contacts the binding, brake,orAFDinareasotherthan the designated contact points, it may be incompat-ible with the binding. [product specific figure or description]

•Bootmaterial.Ifthesoleat the contact points with thebindingorAFDcanbescratched with a finger nail, the boot may be of inferior quality and incompatible with the binding.

•Bootsolecondition.Iftheboot sole is damaged, worn, or contaminated at contact pointswiththebindingorAFDin a manner which can not be corrected, the boot may be incompatible with the binding.

•Brakecompatibilitywithsole.•Rubberand/ormetalsole

protectors. If such materials contactthebindingorAFDthe boot may be incompatible with the binding.

•Moldflashings.Flashingwhich can be seen or felt at contact points with the bind-ing,brake,orAFDmustbecarefully removed.

3. Remove from inventory all boots that have failed the visual check.

preseason Boot Sampling

Although sampling eliminates the need to test every boot before the season starts, the sample cho-sen must be representative of the inventory. 1. Forbootsthatarenewtoinven-

tory or have never been in-spected, take a single boot from each cell (a cell is all boots of the same make, model, year, and shell size).

2. Forusedboots,takea5%(butnot less than 16 or more than 80) random sample of the en-tire inventory. Make sure that there is at least one boot from each cell in the sample.


17 FinalChecking17 Test for Elastic Travel &

Return18 ReleaseValueWithin

Specified Range19 Troubleshooting47 Standard Boot Sole

Dimensions

Step

6St

ep 5

table a : preseason Binding inspection*

Skier Code

Binding Type

Sole Length (mm)

Release Indicator Setting

Reference Torque (Nm)

Inspection Range (Nm)

In-Use Range (Nm)

Twist Forward Lean Twist Forward Lean Twist Forward LeanF Children 270 2.5 23 87 20-27 75-102 17-31 64-120J Junior 306 4.5 43 141 37-50 141-194 31-58 120-229L Adult 327 6.0 58 229 50-67 194-271 43-78 165-320

*Thisisanexampleonly.Checkthemanufacturer’stechmanualbeforeproceeding

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 26 10/14/10 4:28 PM



inspection procedures (continued)

preseason Boot inspection

The procedure that follows helps to assure both boot/binding compat-ibility and boot interchange ability. Note: when using table a, in the Boot Inspection procedures that follow, the Sole Length and Release Indicator Setting columns should be ignored. 1. Randomly select a pair of

bindings that have passed the preseason inspection from each bindingtype;adult,junior,child.

2. Lubricate all boot/binding con-tact points with a mild liquid detergent.

3. Without regard to whether the boot is new or used, sort the sample by sole type and length

according to the 20mm Sole Length Categories defined by the binding manufacturer’s ReleaseValueSelection.

4. In each Sole Length Category rank the boots by sole length and select the middle boot.

5. In each Sole Length Category fit the appropriate reference bind-ings to this “typical” boot and adjust the two bindings to re-lease as close as practical to the Reference Torque in table a. UsetheReferenceTorquecor-responding to Skier Code [L] for the Adult binding, [J] for the Junior binding, and [J] for the Child binding.

6. Rinse the lubricant from one binding and mark it “clean.” Mark the other “lubricated.”

7. Test each boot in the Sole Length Category with the clean Reference Binding and then the lubricated Reference Binding in both twist and forward lean (only one direction in twist is required for the clean binding).

8. Set aside any boots for which the lubricated Test Result is morethan20%lessthantheclean Test Result in the same direction of release or the lubri-cated Test Result, in any direc-tion of release, is outside of the Inspection Range provided in table a for the Skier Code used

to set up the Reference Binding (L,J,orF).

9. RepeattheVisualCheckonallboots that have been set aside, correct any defects noted, and retest. Remove from inventory boots that fail the retest.

10. Check all other boots from the same cell (make, model, year, and shell size) as those that failed.

note: On completion of the pre-season inspection, clean the liquid detergent from the equipment (and lubricate the binding before return-ing it to service).

inseason Sampling and inspection

The Inseason Inspection is a test of complete systems and all the pro-cedures used by the rental staff to assemble and adjust the system. The program uses random samples of rental inventory taken at routine intervals. Any sampling program that gives every unit of inventory the same chance as every other of being picked is valid.

Sample frequency

Random sampling is conducted throughout the entire season. Frequencyisasfollows:1. After 7 days of operation.2.Ifthesamplepasses,thenext

sampling is taken after another 7 days of operation.

3. If two consecutive samples pass, sampling frequency is increased to 14 days.

4. If a sample fails at any time, daily sampling is instituted until two consecutive samples pass, at which point weekly sampling resumes.

Sample Size

Samplesizeis5%ofinventorybutnot less than 16 nor more than 80 units as noted in table B. Sample size is based on average daily out-put. If rental output drops below 50%ofcapacityoverthesamplingperiod, the sample size can be re-duced proportionately.

inseason inspection1. Take a random sample of the

rental inventory as determined by table B. Take half the sample from inventory as it is either rented or returned and the re-mainder from inventory avail-able for rental.

2. Wipe the boot clean and cycle the boot/binding systems at least once in each direction.

3. Test sample units in Twist (one directiononly)andForwardLean.

4. Compare the Test Results with the Inspection Range for the ap-propriate Skier Code.

5. If the results are within the Inspection Range, the unit passes.

6. If the results are outside Inspection Range but within the In-UseRange,counttheunitasa Class I Deviation.

7. If the results are outside the In-UseRange,counttheunitasaClass II Deviation.

8. Check elastic travel and visually inspect the ski brake function, interface areas between boot andbinding,includingAFD,lugheight adjustment (if appropri-ate), and forward pressure. Count any deficiencies as Class I Deviations.

9. Ifmorethanthemaximumnumber of Class I Deviations given in table B are found in the sample, or a single Class II Deviation is detected the sample fails and daily sampling must be conducted until the problem that led to the failed sample is found and corrected. See the “Troubleshooting” chapter of the binding manufacturer’s

technical manual following a failed Inseason Inspection.

10. Record the date the sample was tested, the number of units tested, the number of Class I and Class II (or III) Deviations, whether the sample passed or failed and any actions taken. There is no need to record the identity of units tested or actual Test Results.


17 FinalChecking17 Test for Elastic Travel &

Return18 ReleaseValueWithin

Specified Range19 Troubleshooting

demo inspections > incomplete Systems

Step 5

Step 6

table B : Sample SizeInventory

Size (Pairs)

Sample Size

(Units)

Maximum Class I

Deviations100 16 3200 20 4300 30 6400 40 8500 50 10600 60 12700 70 14800 80 16900 80 16

SkisBindings intended for demo appli-cations, where customers supply their own boots, must be inspected using the procedures described for rental equipment. Whenever a demo or rental binding is used with a customer’s own boot, inspect the

customer’s boot for Boot/Binding compatibility as described on page 17. Reject any boots that fail visual inspection. Both boots of the pair must be inspected and the boot sole lengths of both boots verified.

BootsWhenever customers rent boots for use with their own skis, the customer’s binding system must be mechanically inspected (us-ing the rental boot) according to procedures described for retail equipment.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 27 10/14/10 4:28 PM


Maintenance records


SKi/Binding Maintenance record

invenory #: Ski Serial #: Binding Model:

Date of Service/Inspection Repairs/Service Performed Vi

sual

In

spec

tion Correction Factors Left Ski Right Ski

Tech

nici

an’s

In

itial

s

Left Right Twist

Forw

ard

Lean

Twist

Forw

ard

Lean

Toe Heel Toe Heel

Boot Maintenance record

invenory #: Boot Model: Sole length:

Date of Service/Inspection

Norm Compatible Interchangeable

All Adjustments/Parts Functionsl

Repairs/Service Performed

Clean Test Lubricated TestTe

chni

cian

’s

Initi

als

Twist

Forw

ard

Lean

Twist

Forw

ard

Lean

Legend: Clockwise Counter-clockwise

Legend: Clockwise Counter-clockwise

Step

6St

ep 5

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 28 10/14/10 4:28 PM

rental Skier instrucion & Warning

SKier inStruction, Warning & record Keeping

It is the Dealer’s responsibility to adequately assist each rental customer in equipment selection and to prop-erly fit rental boots. Instructions regarding proper use of equipment must also be given at the time rental equipment is provided.

rental & demo > record keePIng > 29


17 FinalChecking&SystemInspection

30 SalomonRentalForm30 Equipment Rental

& Liability Release Agreement

31 Post Accident Ski Equipment Inspection Report

note* On the 2010/2011 Salomon Rental Form,theskier(orinthecaseofa minor, the skier’s parent or legal guardian) must sign and date the Liability Release Agreement.

rental record Keeping

Proper rental record keeping is key to your shop’s risk management program. Without a properly filled out form, including a signed Liability Release Agreement, indemnification from Salomon will not apply.

Step 7

When the Certified Technician signsorinitialstheRentalForm,the technician is attesting that all functional and instructional pro-cedures have been completed. To reduce your shop’s liability risk and to receive indemnification from Salomon, you must take the fol-lowing steps when the skier re-ceives their equipment. (The indi-vidual picking up the equipment must be the intended user, or in the case of a minor, the user’s par-ent or guardian.)

1. Show how to step into the bind-ing.

2. Show how to step out of the binding.

3. Point out the visual indicator settings on the binding’s toe and heel pieces. The skier must verify that these settings agree with the settings recorded on theRentalForm.

4. Ask the skier to read the Liability Release Agreement. Point out that the skier is sign-ing a release that limits liabil-

ity. Included in this Liability Release Agreement is the specific warning that bindings will not release under all cir-cumstances where release may prevent injury or death, nor is it possible to predict every situa-tion in which they will release, and are, therefore, no guarantee of safety.

5. The skier must understand that there are inherent and other risks in the sport of skiing.

6. The skier* must then sign and datetheRentalForm.

7. The skier must be given a copy of the rental form that includes a signed copy of the Liability Release Agreement.

ARentalFormmustbefilledoutforeachrentaltransaction(ex-change of equipment is considered to be a transaction). A Liability Release Agreement the same as or the equivalent to the Salomon Liability Release Agreement must beincludedontheRentalForm.The skier must read, under stand, sign and date this release. A copy of the properly filled out Rental Formmustbekeptonfileforfiveyears or the statute of limitations of the state or province, whichever is longer. Multiple skier forms that allow each skier to read and sign the same form may be used if the form meets the requirements out-lined in this section. It is recom-mended that the form be reviewed by Salomon’s Legal department prior to use. The person who signs the rental form must be the skier who is going to use the rental equipment. In the case of a minor skier, the signature on the form must be that of the skier’s parent or legal guardian.

The following is a list of informa-tion that should be recorded for every rental transaction. It is not necessary to use a Salomon Rental Form,butanyformthattheshopuses must include the informa-tion* listed below. Without this information*, indemnification will not apply.1. *Rental dates.2. *Name and home address of

the skier.3. Skier’s home phone number.4. Skier’s identification.5. *Skier’s height, weight, age,

and skier type.6. *Boots' inventory number. (If

the skier is using their own boots, the boot brand, model and sole length must be in-dicatedontheRentalFormand the boot must pass visual examination.)

7. *Skis' inventory number. (If the skier is using their own skis, the system would fall under Retail guidelines and a complete system inspection,

including a mechanical inspec-tion, must be performed and documented on a Workshop Form.)

8. *VisualIndicatorSettings.9. *SalomonCertified

Technician’s signature or ini-tials attesting that all required procedures have been com-pleted.

10. Rental fee.11. *Liability Release Agreement

that is either the same as, or the substantial equivalent of, the Salomon release. Consult your shop’s legal advisor to be sure the language and type size of this agreement con-forms to state or provincial law. If a form other than the Salomon form is used, the language shall accomplish the same purpose and have the same legal effect as the language contained in the Salomon agreement.

12. *Skier’s signature (in the case of a minor skier, the signa-ture on the form must be that of the skier’s parent or legal guardian) and date attesting that the skier:a. Has been instructed in the

proper use of the equip-ment.

b. Has verified that the visual indicator settings corre-spond to the recorded visual indicator settings.

c. Has read and understands the Rental and Liability Release Agreement on the rental form, releasing the shop from liability.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 29 10/14/10 4:28 PM

SKier inStruction, Warning & record KeepingSalomon rental form*



29 Rental Skier Instruction & Warning

partSreference # Item Name

B1rSfM (U.S.)SalomonRentalFormB10019 (CAN)SalomonRentalForm

note*U.S.formshown.TheCanadian

equivalent to this form has bilin-gual content.

EQUIPMENT RENTAL & LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT

PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY(shaded areas for shop use only)

DateOut:

DateDue:

FirstLast M.I.

Name:

Street

City

Driver’s Lic.#

Phone #

Your Weight Lbs.

State Zip

Stance: (check one)

Regular Goofy

Your Height ft. in. Age

I have accurately represented the above listed information and it is true and correct. I will not use any of the equipment to be provided tome during this transaction until I have received instruction on its use and function. I agree to verify that the visual indicator settings to berecorded on this form for downhill ski equipment, and skiboards equipped with release bindings, agree with the number appearing in thevisual indicator windows of the equipment to be listed on this form.

Visual Indicator Settings

Technician’s Signature:

Sole Length & Synchro # (Downhill Skiing):

Equipment Subtotal:

Equipment Damage Protection:

Pole Code:

Total:

I accept for use AS IS the equipment listed on this form, and accept full financial responsibility for the care of the equipmentwhile it is in my possession. I will be responsible for the replacement at full value of any equipment rented under this form,but not returned to the rental facility. I agree to return all rental equipment by the agreed date.

I understand that the binding system cannot guarantee the user’s safety. In downhill skiing, and skiboarding with skiboardsequipped with release bindings, the binding system will not release at all times or under all circumstances where releasemay prevent injury or death, nor is it possible to predict every situation in which it will release. In snowboarding,cross-country skiing, skiboarding with skiboards equipped with non-release bindings, snowshoeing and other sports utilizingequipment with non-release bindings, the binding system will not ordinarily release during use; these bindings are notdesigned to release as a result of forces generated during ordinary operation.

I understand that the sports of skiing, snowboarding, skiboarding, snowshoeing and other sports (collectively "RECREATIONALSNOW SPORTS") involve inherent and other risks of INJURY and DEATH. I voluntarily agree to expressly assume all risks ofinjury or death that may result from these RECREATIONAL SNOW SPORTS, or which relate in any way to the use of thisequipment.

I understand that a helmet designed for RECREATIONAL SNOW SPORTS use will help reduce the risk of some types ofinjuries to the user at slower speeds. I recognize that serious injury or death can result from both low and high energyimpacts, even when a helmet is worn.

I AGREE TO RELEASE AND HOLD HARMLESS the equipment rental facility, its employees, owners, affiliates, agents, officers,directors, and the equipment manufacturers and distributors and their successors in interest (collectively "PROVIDERS"), fromall liability for injury, death, property loss and damage which results from the equipment user’s participation in theRECREATIONAL SNOW SPORTS for which the equipment is provided, or which is related in any way to the use of thisequipment, including all liability which results from the NEGLIGENCE of PROVIDERS, or any other person or cause.

I further agree to defend and indemnify PROVIDERS for any loss or damage, including any that results from claims orlawsuits for personal injury, death, and property loss and damage related in any way to the use of this equipment.This agreement is governed by the applicable law of this state or province. If any provision of this agreement is determinedto be unenforceable, all other provisions shall be given full force and effect.

I THE UNDERSIGNED, HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS EQUIPMENT RENTAL & LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT.

User’s Signature:

Parent/Guardian: If equipment user is a minor, I verify that I have the authority to enter into this agreement on behalf of theequipment user and I agree to be bound by all terms and conditions of this agreement.

Parent/Guardian’s Signature:

Local Accommodations

Date:

Date:

Ski/Board I.D.#

$

$

$

Downhill Skiing

Snowboard

Indicate skier type

Boot I.D.#

Acknowledgement of Personal Information & Equipment Instructions

Equipment User’s Signature: Parent/Guardian Signature (if required):

L Toe

L Heel

R Toe

R Heel

State

Total Rental Days:

Requested SettingsL Toe

L Heel

R Toe

R Heel

T H

Step

7Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 30 10/14/10 4:28 PM


post accident Ski equipment inspection report form

SKier inStruction, Warning & record Keeping

APostAccidentSkiEquipmentInspectionReportFormthesameasorequivalenttotheformprovidedmustbefilled out if a person returns the equipment, whether the equipment is theirs or belongs to someone else, and claims that they or someone else were injured. The report must be completed with “as is” mechanical inspection measured release values. An insufficient or improperly completed form may cause denial of indemnification.

general information•Allinformationshouldbeprinted

clearly.•Anymistakesshouldbecorrected

and initialed.• Ifinformationisunknown,markUNKintheappropriatearea.

• Ifinformationdoesnotapply,markN/A in the appropriate area.

Skier information Section•Skierinformationshouldbetaken

from the rental or workshop form.•Accident/injuryinformationshould

be taken from the ski patrol acci-dent report (if available).

equipment information Section• Informationshouldbetakenfrom

the visual inspection of equipment.

equipment inspection/tests Section•RefertothemostcurrentShop

Practices Manual for Standard Boot Sole information.

•Equipmentinspectionsshouldbeconducted on the equipment “as is”.

• Inspectionofbindingadjust-ments should be in accordance with recommendations set forth in the most current Shop Practices Manual.

•Systemvisualinspectionsshouldbe in accordance with recommen-dations set forth in the most cur-rent Shop Practices Manual.

•Mechanicalinspectiontestsshouldbe conducted at room temperature.

•Themechanicaltestingdeviceshould be properly calibrated and operated in the manner recom-mended by the device manufac-turer.

•Mechanicaltestsshouldbecon-ducted on the equipment “as is”.

•TestresultsshouldberecordedinNewton meters.

facility/personnel/testing device Section•The“InspectionTechnician”should

be a current Salomon Certified Technician.

•Thereportshouldbereviewedbythe shop manager.

inspection report instructions

Skier informationNAME vaccident date

height vWeight vage vSeX (circle one) vSKier type (circle one)

M f 1 2 3 -1 3+

inJury

right or left (circle one) vSKi area

r l

equipment informationSKi MaKe vModel vlength

Serial no. vrental i.d. no. (if applicable)

Boot MaKe vModel vSiZe

Boot Sole length in mm vrental i.d. no. (if applicable)

Binding MaKe vModel

toe ViSual indicator (din) Scale vheel ViSual indicator (din) Scale

to to

rental forWard preSSure (Synchro) Setting(S):

equipment inspection/testsright Ski/Binding/Boot left Ski/Binding/Boot

n/a yeS no (check one) n/a yeS no (check one)

Boot sole within Industry Norm Standards Boot sole within Industry Norm Standards

All boot parts present, working correctly All boot parts present, working correctly

AFDOKandintact AFDOKandintact

ForwardPressurecorrect ForwardPressurecorrect

Toe Height correct Toe Height correct

Toe Wings set correctly Toe Wings set correctly

Brake fully functional Brake fully functional

Ski damaged (bent etc.) Ski damaged (bent etc.)

System passes visual inspections System passes visual inspections

Rental heel forward pressure setting correct Rental heel forward pressure setting correct

ViSual indicator SettingS ViSual indicator SettingS

toe: heel: toe: heel:

clocKWiSe tWiSt MeaSured releaSe ValueS* clocKWiSe tWiSt MeaSured releaSe ValueS*

i ii iii i ii iii

counterclocKWiSe tWiSt MeaSured releaSe ValueS* counterclocKWiSe tWiSt MeaSured releaSe ValueS*

i ii iii i ii iii

forWard lean MeaSured releaSe ValueS* forWard lean MeaSured releaSe ValueS*

i ii iii i ii iii

* record the number of results recommended by the manufacturer of the testing device. if not certain, record 3 values for each test.

facility/personnel/testing deviceShop naMe vinSpection technician vdate

report reVieWed By vdate vteSting deVice Brand v Model

post accident Ski equipmentinspection report

Workshop/rental form no.

Step 7

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 31 10/14/10 4:28 PM

maIntenance & rePaIr > 32

Binding Maintenance & repair

retail & rental guidelines

Maintenance & repair

retail guidelines

rental guidelines

Any incorrect use of a Salomon part or accessory or installation of a non-compatible brand accessory with a Salomon system will automatically void both the warranty and indemnification for that system.

All Salomon bindings have replaceableAFDs

note* To remove heel pieces on tracks

with heel locks, loosen the rear mounting screws at least three turns. Pull the heel piece back ward while lifting it up over the heel lock. To replace the heel pieces, follow the removal proce dure in re-verse and tighten the rear mount-ing screws securely.

cants > acceptable use

Proper maintenance of rental systems includes a complete inspection of the entire rental inventory prior to the ski season. Bindings should be cleaned, inspected and lubricated in the follow-ing manner:• Inspectallcomponentsofeachsetfordamageorexcessivewear.Repairorreplacedamagedorex-cessively worn parts and/or compo-nents.

• Removetheheelbyslidingthehous-ing off the rear of the heeltrack*.

• Cleantheexposedareasofthecom-ponents with a cloth or rag. Wipe any dirt or grit from the binding housings, heel track and the region under the heel cup. Do not use sol-vents or high pressure liquid clean-ing systems to clean bindings.

• ApplySalomonGrease(Ref.#000905)ortheequivalenttothelubrication points indicated for each model. Do not use silicone or pen-etrating oils unless the lubricant is specifically approved.

• Replacetheheelonthetrack.• Thisshouldbefollowedbyperiodic

in-season inspections and when a binding looks particularly dirty or if visual inspection reveals that some-thing may be wrong. This helps to ensure that all components are functioning correctly.

Never attempt to interchange any SR, SC or retail toe baseplates or heel tracks with other model baseplates or heel tracks.

rental post Season Storage

To prepare rental equipment for sum-mer storage:• Allbindingvisualindicatoradjust-

ments should be reduced to the low-est setting. Do not attempt to adjust the release setting below the lowest setting as damage may result.

• Thebindingheelsshouldbestoredin the closed position.

• Theequipmentshouldbestoredina cool, dry and ventilated area away from direct sunlight.

Salomon bindings require a mini-mum of maintenance to enhance performance and their useful life. They should be cleaned, inspected and lubricated prior to each season and every 30 skier days per season as follows:• Inspectallcomponentsfordam-ageorexcessivewear.Repairor

replacedamagedorexcessivelyworn parts and/or components.

• Cleantheexposedareasofthecomponents with a cloth or rag. Wipe any dirt or grit from the binding housings, heel track and the region under the heel cup. Do not use solvents or high pressure

liquid cleaning systems to clean bindings.

• ApplySalomonGrease(Ref.#000905)ortheequivalenttothelubrica tion points indicated for the appropriate model. Do not use silicone or penetrating oils unless the lubricant is specifically ap-proved.

• Recommendtotheskierthatroutine maintenance and inspec-tions be performed by a Salomon Authorized Dealer. This will help ensure that any problem that may develop with the system can be detected and corrected by a trained technician.

• Thecantsareofahighgradema-terial designed for this use.

• Thecantsareinstalledinaprofes-sional manner.

• Properscrewpenetrationintotheski meets current norms.

• Thecantsdonotimpedethebind-ing’s function as it was designed,

including proper function of the brake.

Salomon bindings should not be altered in any way except as explicitly outlined in this manual. the use of cants with Salomon bindings is acceptable, provided:

Photo:AlexanderKlun.Skier:KajZackrisson.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 32 10/14/10 4:28 PM

SalomonoffersaScrewExtractor/RepairKit(Ref.#000878)tore-move/ replace broken binding mounting screws. The kit comes with two different length bits and a quantity of repair plugs. fig. A Repair plugs may be ordered sepa-rately.

Stripped Screw holesFollowinstructionsfortheinstalla-tion of repair plugs (below).

Broken Screw or Broken tap removal When a screw or tap breaks in a ski, it must be removed to avoid further damage. It can be removed as follows:

fit the extractor drill bit into the electric drill with the shoulder touching the chuck.

position the appropriate jig onto the ski with the jig bushing directly over the broken screw or tap.

drill slowly around the broken piece using an up-and-down move-

ment to let the shavings escape. Usecautionnottohitthebrokenpiece.

continue to drill until the chuck touches the bushings of the jig. This is the correct drilling depth of 10 mm.

remove the broken piece inside the extractorbitwithapairofpliers.

turn the ski over and hit the base lightly to remove all shavings.

follow instructions for the installa-tion of repair plugs (below).

re-mount the binding.

clean theextractorbitaftereachuse.

installation of repair plugs Theexistingholemayneedtobewidened using an 8 mm diameter bit, however do not drill more than 10 mm deep.

place a drop of glue onto the top of the hole.

tap a repair plug into the hole with a hammer until it is flush with the topskin of the ski.

maIntenance & rePaIr > guIdelInes > 33

Screw extractor/repair Kit

A

Maintenance & repair > (continued)

afd/Scp replacement

tZ 5, tZ 5 Sc & lZ 7-8-9 anti friction plate replacement

other Models

A S D F

Salomon control pedal replacement

Scp reference numbersScp ref. n° Binding / System78830001 914FIS20/914

78830101

Z12 Ti, Z12, Z12 Ti SC, Z10TiAxe+,Z10TI,Z10FIS20,Z10TiSC,Z10, 710 Ti, 710 SC, 710,710ITF.

78829401 SmartrakProlink+914

78829501Smartrak Prolink & SmartrakControl+Z14,Z12, Z10, 711

78829601Smartrak Prolink & SmartrakControl+Z12Ti, Z10 Ti, 710 Ti

noteForinstructionsonreplacingtheAFDonQuadraxmodels,pleasereferto the 2006-2007 Salomon Shop practices ManualForinstructionsonreplacingtheAFDon Spheric Performance and S710 Ti Spheric models, please refer to the 2005-2006 Salomon Shop practices Manual


000905 Salomon Grease000878 ScrewExtractor/RepairKit000846 Repair Plugs


47 Standard Boot Sole Dimensions


54834001 TZ5/TZ5SCUniversalAFD89267001 TZ5/TZ5SCJuniorAFD

GJU

NIO

R

JUNIOR

!

H

1. Dismount the toe piece from the interface or from the ski.2. RemovetheAFDfromthetoepiecebaseplate.3. PositionthereplacementAFDonthebaseplateandpressitintoplace.4. Remount the toe piece.

All Salomon bindings have replaceable SCPs. The specific SCP item numbers can be found in the Salomon Spare parts catalog (page 70), though some SCP Reference Numbers are listed in the chart below..Replacement procedures for SCPs are as follows.for toes mounted on interfaces and Skis (Smartrak grip/grip plus, Sc, and itf)1. Dismount the Toe piece from the

Ski or The Interface by completely loosening the mounting screws.

2. Dismount manually the SCP on the Toe piece.

3. Take the new SCP and mount it manually under the Toe piece.

4. Tighten the Toe piece on the ski or the Interface (4Nm torque).

for toes mounted on Smartrak prolink/control/response1. Put the Toe Piece out the

Interface.2. Dismount the Toe piece from the

Set by completely loosening the mounting screws.

3. Dismount manually the SCP+Stirruponthetoepiece.

4. TakethenewSetSCP+Stirrupandmount it manually under the Toe piece.

5. Tighten the Toe piece on the Stirrup (4Nm torque).

6. Remount the Toe piece on the Interface.

1. Insert a 6-8 mm wide screwdriver at the front of the plate. fig. A

2. Move over the screwdriver to eject the plate. fig. S

3. Place the new plate and hand clip it. fig. D & F

Junior performance afd upgradetZ 5, tZ 5 Sc, tc45 bindings were developed to fit both adult and junior boot standards, and are delivered with

a universal junior pedal which has beenvalidatedbydealersandtheTÜVorganization. Salomon also offers a specific Junior performance afd (ref. 89267001) upgrade meant to increase slope performance for junior specialists,whichcanbeexchangedwith the universal one. note: The re-placement junior pedal (red) must be used only with junior boot standards.

fig. G Specifically, it may only be used with junior boots with a toe thicknessof16.5+/-1.5mm.

caution: for models with elastic pedal (range 08), check the presence of the elastic block under the pedal. fig. H

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 33 10/14/10 4:28 PM

certIfIcatIon > exam > 34

certification prograMThe technician who signs the Authorized Location’s workshop or rental form for any transaction must be currently Salomon alpine binding certified

1 indemnified Bindings are:a) Those that appear on the 2010/2011 Schedule of Indemnified Bindings

in the Salomon Shop Practices Manual.b) The 2010/2011 models only.c) Not something a technician needs to know about. d) Any Salomon binding still in use.

2 Salomon technician certification:a) Neverhastoberenewed.Onceyou’vepasttheexam.b) Is valid whether or not the employer is a Salomon Authorized Alpine

Binding Dealer.c) Isvalidfor2yearsfromtheexamdateandmaybetransferred

between Salomon Authorized Alpine Binding Dealers.d) Does not require that Certified Technicians be familiar with Salomon

Bindingsthroughhands-onexperience.

3 What is Skier type?a) Unnecessaryinformation.b) A classification system based on “cautious,” “moderate,” or

“aggressive” skiing preferences.c) The degree of skill a skier possesses.d) A person who enjoys skiing.

4 When a skier picks up their equipment from your shop make sure:a) You wish them luck.b) You only hand it over to the intended user.c) Someoneexplainstheuseoftheequipmenttothemandprovides

themwithsignedcopiesoftheWorkshop/RentalFormandLiabilityRelease Agreement.

d) They speak with the technician who did the installation/adjustment.

5 a mechanical testing device:a) Never needs re-calibration.b) Requires properly trained technicians for consistent results.c) Gives consistent results even when it is operated incorrectly. d) Is only used in rental shops.

6 When is the forward pressure correct on the ZZ laB and Sth 12, 14 & 16. a) When the boot in the binding, adjust DIN number.b) Place boot in binding and center with mid boot mark.c) When the boot is in the binding and the top of the head screw is

aligned with the back of the heel track. d) Thereís no need for adjustment it is automatic.

7 Mechanical inspections of rental equipment:a) Ensure that all components are functioning properly.b) Are required periodically in-season.c) Are required pre-season .d) All of the above.

8 Workshop or rental forms must:a) Be kept on file for 5 years or for the statute of limitations.b) Be signed by the customer and the Certified Technician.c) Be used for every transaction.d) All of the above.

9 a post accident Ski equipment inspection report form:a) Is a critical tool in defending liability claims.b) Must be completed each time an accident is reported.c) Answers A and B.d) Is only necessary in the case of lower body injuries.

10 if the mid-sole indicator on a Salomon jig and the mid-sole indicator on a boot do not agree, you should:a) Not install the binding.b) Leave the boot in the jig and use the mid-sole mark on the boot to

position the jig on the ski.c) Usethemid-solemarkonthejigtopositionitontheski.d) Position the jig by splitting the difference between the two marks.

11 When adjusting the toe height on Salomon Quadrax (leisure) bindings, you should:a) UseaSalomonrentaladjustmenttoolforthetoeheightscrew.b) Check your adjustment with a Salomon toe height card.c) Answers A & B.d) Noneoftheabove;toeheightadjustmentisautomatic.

technician certification eXaM2010/2011 technician certification exam Questions

do not write on this form. indicate answers on the registration form.Ascoreof90%,or23 correct answers, must be obtained to pass. In addition, questions 12 to 25 are considered core questions and must be answered correctly.

Photo:MattiasFredriksson.

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 34 10/14/10 4:28 PM

certIfIcatIon > exam > 35

technician certification eXaM > (continued)

2010/2011 technician certification exam Questions (continued)

12 What should the initial visual indicator setting be for a 220 lb, 6’5”, type 3+ skier who is 25 years old and uses boots with a sole length of 310 mm?a) 11 b) Ask the customer.c) Not possible to determine. d) 12

13 When testing the toe for elastic travel and return, the boot should:a) Elastic travel only occurs while skiing and cannot be tested in the

shop.b) Move off center at least 5 mm and return to within 2 mm of its original

position.c) Move slightly off center then release completely.d) None of the above.

14 a skier weighs 165 lb and measures 5’8” tall. he is a type 1 skier who is 59 years old. What is his Skier code on the chart? a) H b) Jc) L d) K

15 When mounting bindings, Salomonís recommendation for tapping is:a) Always tap.b) Always tap unless the manufacturer cautions against it.c) Never tap. Itís too easy to damage the ski or break the tap.d) If you countersink the holes with the drill bit, there is no need to tap.

16 Skiers requesting personal settings higher or lower than are indicated by the 2010/2011 Salomon adjustment chart should:a) Be given the settings they want provided they sign a Requested

Setting Release Agreement.b) BeaskediftheywishtoidentifythemselvesasType3+orType-1and

use the indicated settings.c) Be instructed to adjust their bindings themselves.d) Answer A or B.

17 a six year old is being fitted for her first pair of skis. She weighs 42 lb. What Skier code would you use to help determine the visual indicator setting of her bindings?a) B b) Ac) -1 d) 3/4

18 a boot is considered incompatible with a Salomon binding if: a) It does not pass visual inspection.b) There is more than a I mm difference in sole flatness across its width.c) It does not conform to Standard Boot Sole Dimensions.d) All of the above.

19 if the mid-sole indicator on a Salomon jig and the mid-sole indicator on a boot do not agree, you should:a) Leave the boot in the jig and use the mid-sole mark on the boot to

position the jig on the ski.b) Usethemid-solemarkonthejigtopositionitontheski.c) Position the jig by splitting the difference between the two marks.d) Not install the binding.

20 if the forward pressure indicators on the heel are not aligning properly you should:a) Ignore it if they are close.b) Remove the boot and move the heel forward or back to correct.c) Make sure (adjustable) toe wings and toe height are correct.d) Answers B & C.

21 you are testing a used boot-binding system on a mechanical testing device. the Salomon binding has a visual indicator setting of 6 and the boot sole is 320 mm long. What is the in-use range for twist?a) 58 Newton meters b) 58 to 78 Nmc) 43 to 78 Nm d) 50 to 67 Nm

22 if there are no manufacturerís recommendations for drill bit selection you should:a) Drill the ski with the bit in your drill, you can’t go wrong.b) Usea3.6mmbit,youcanalwaysincreasethetorqueonthescrew-

shooter.c) Drill one hole with a 3.6 mm bit and check for metal before switching

to a 4.1 mm bit.d) Always use a 4.1 mm bit, all mounting platforms contain metal.

23 What is the correct maintenance procedure for Salomon binding? a) Cleaningallexposedareaofthecomponentswithaclothorrag,

cleaning binding housing, heel tracks and apply grease.b) You may use any solvent or high pressure liquids to clean bindings.c) Bindings are self cleaning and do not need maintenance at any time. d) None of the above.

24 What should the visual indicator setting be for a skier who weighs 69 kg, height 152 cm, boot sole length 310 mm, skier type ii, age 52? a) 3 b) 3.5c) 4 d) 4.5

25 examples of Salomon bindings that may be used with both junior & adult boot sole norms are:a) 607 & 608b) STH 12 & STH 16c) TZ 5 & C305d) You canít use an adult norm sole with a Salomon junior binding.

on-line registration instructionsApplying technicians must complete the 2010/2011 Salomon on-line certification registration and test. Ascoreofatleast90%(23correctanswers)mustbeachievedtopasstheexam.Applyingtechniciansarenot certified until a passing score is achieved.• u.S. dealers will find the on-line cer-

tification registration and test at: http://www.salomoncertification.com

• FortheU.S.,a$12feewillbeinvoicedforeachRegistrationandExamsubmittedonlineat www.salomoncertification.com

• TheU.S.feeis$20foreachRegistration/ExamsubmittedbymailorfaxtoSalomon,or for technicians certified by any approved industry training program.

Fax:(801)334-4502 Salomon Certification/ Customer Service SalomonUSA 2030 Lincoln Ave Ogden,UT84401

• canadian dealers will find the on-line certification registration and test at: http://www.salomonhookup.ca

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 35 10/14/10 4:28 PM

adjustment chart > 36

A

137 588

121 520

105 452

91 380

78 320

67 271

58 229

50 194

43 165

37 141

31 120

27 102

23 87

20 75

17 64

14 52

11 40

8 29

5 18

3/4

1 3/4 3/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

3/4

3/4

11/4

13/4

21/4

23/4

31/2

31/2 3 3 23/4

41/2 4 31/2 31/2

51/2 5 41/2 4 3

61/2 6 51/2 5 4

71/2 7 61/2 6 5

81/2 8 7 6

10 91/2 81/2 71/2

111/2 11 10 9

12 101/2

11/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

1

11/2 11/4

13/4 11/2 11/2

21/4 2 13/4

23/4 21/2 21/4

21/2

3

31/2

41/2

51/2

61/2

8

91/2

11

13/4

2

3/4

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

A

137 588

121 520

105 452

91 380

78 320

67 271

58 229

50 194

43 165

37 141

31 120

27 102

23 87

20 75

17 64

14 52

11 40

8 29

5 18

3/4

1 3/4 3/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

3/4

3/4

11/4

13/4

21/4

23/4

31/2

31/2 3 3 23/4

41/2 4 31/2 31/2

51/2 5 41/2 4 3

61/2 6 51/2 5 4

71/2 7 61/2 6 5

81/2 8 7 6

10 91/2 81/2 71/2

111/2 11 10 9

12 101/2

11/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

1

11/2 11/4

13/4 11/2 11/2

21/4 2 13/4

23/4 21/2 21/4

21/2

3

31/2

41/2

51/2

61/2

8

91/2

11

13/4

2

3/4

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

A

137 588

121 520

105 452

91 380

78 320

67 271

58 229

50 194

43 165

37 141

31 120

27 102

23 87

20 75

17 64

14 52

11 40

8 29

5 18

3/4

1 3/4 3/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

3/4

3/4

11/4

13/4

21/4

23/4

31/2

31/2 3 3 23/4

41/2 4 31/2 31/2

51/2 5 41/2 4 3

61/2 6 51/2 5 4

71/2 7 61/2 6 5

81/2 8 7 6

10 91/2 81/2 71/2

111/2 11 10 9

12 101/2

11/4

11/2

2

21/2

3

1

11/2 11/4

13/4 11/2 11/2

21/4 2 13/4

23/4 21/2 21/4

21/2

3

31/2

41/2

51/2

61/2

8

91/2

11

13/4

2

3/4

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

42-48

79-91

92-107

36-41

67-78

31-35

57-66

26-30

48-56

22-25

39-47

18-21

30-38

14-17

22-29

10-13

<- 4'10"<- 148 cm

231-250 mm

<-230 mm

251-270 mm

271-290 mm

291-310 mm

311-330 mm

331-350 mm

>-351 mm

108-125

49-57

4'11"-5'1"149-157 cm

126-147

58-66

5'2"-5'5"158-166 cm

148-174

67-78

5'6"-5'10"167-178 cm

175-209

79-94

>-95

5'11"-6'4"179-194 cm

>-210

>- 6'5">- 195 cm

REF.REF.

Insp

ecti

on R

ange

In-u

se R

ange

lb kgWeight Skier

Code*

Twist

Torque Range(Newton Meters)

Initial Toe/Heel Indicatorby Boot Sole Length (mm)

Skier

2010/2011 ADJUSTMENT CHARTForward

Lean

Heightft-in/cm

* Based on "Type 1" Skier

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 36 10/14/10 4:28 PM

37

technician certification anSWer forM2010/2011 technician certification answer form

this form is for u.S. dealers only.

Get all your certification needs at www.salomoncertification.com

fees

Onlinecertificationtest: $12 Faxedormailedtest: $20

technician & Store information

EXAM DATE

STOREACCOUNT#

SHOP PHONE #

TECHNICIAN’S NAME (PRINT CLEARLY)

STORE NAME

STORE ADDRESS

instructions

please print clearly your information above and fax or mail your certification answers to (801) 334-4502.Ascoreof90%,or23 correct answers, must be obtained to pass.

In addition, questions 12 to 25 are considered core questions and must be answered correctly.

please circle your answer for each question. all answers must be clearly marked. any partially circled answers could be marked incorrect.

answer Section

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

Mail or faX to:Salomon CertificationSalomonU.S.A.2030LincolnAve.,Ogden,UT84401Fax:(801)334-4502Phone: 1 (800) 654-2668 TECHNICIANSSIGNITURE SIGNITUREDATE

Binding

SPM 11 EN.indb 37 10/14/10 4:28 PM

Technical reference for the complete line of current Salomon alpine skis

Phot

o: H

al T

hom

son.

Ski

er: R

ick

Arm

stro

ng.

alpine SKi 38

SPM 11 EN.indb 38 10/14/10 4:28 PM

technIcal features > 39

adult Ski length Selection

for the Salomon skis, find the corresponding centimetre length for your weight. Addtothatnumberanyadditionallengthfromtheboxesbelowaccordingtoyourability,aggressiveness,thesnowconditionsyouskimostofthetimeandthekindofskisyouwanttochoose.

total

This total centimetre length is a guide, your preferred length will be the ski closest to the recommended total.=

SKi

- 1 cm

3V powerline; 24 hours; 24 daytona; 24 hours powerline S5; 24 hours powerline S3; Select touch; Vital touch; fresh touch

SKi

+ 4 cm

2V powerline; crossmax; 24 hours powerline lM; 24 hours powerline S1; 24 X / 24 gt pro / 24 Sport; X-Wing; rocker / czar / Shog un / lord / Knight; el dictator / Sentinel / twent y twelve; pro pipe / Suspect / threat; geisha / lad y / Maï taï / Vamp; origins diamond, origins opal, origins topa; origins pearl / origins amber

Kind of SKi

+

Ski length (and binding) according to weight and height of children*

Junior Ski length Selection

Child Height 85 to 95 cm 95 to 105 cm 105 to 115 cm 115 to 125 cm 125 to 135 cm 135 to 145 cm 145 to 155 cm 155 to 165 cm 165 to 175 cm

Child Weight* 10 to 14 kg 14 to 18 kg 18 to 22 kg 22 to 26 kg 26 to 30 kg 30 to 37 kg 37 to 45 kg 45 to 55 kg 55 to 65 kg

Approx. Age of Child

Skiing Aptitude

XW fury Junior XS 102861

Jade Junior XS 10286824 Junior 111236

3 to 7 years old

Beginner 70 cmT5

80 cmT5

Intermediate 80 cmT5

Good

XW fury Junior S 102860

Jade Junior S 10286724 Junior 111236

3 to 7 years old

Beginner 90 cmT5

100 cmT5

110 cmT5


100 cmT5

110 cmT5

Good

XW fury Junior M 102858

Jade Junior M 10286624 Junior 111237

6 to 10 years old

Beginner 120 cmT5

130 cmL7


130 cmL7

Good

120 cmT5

130 cmL7

XW fury Junior l 102857

Jade Junior l 10286224 Junior 111237

8 to 15 years old

Beginner 140 cmL7

150 cmL7

Intermediate 140 cmL7

150 cmL7

Good

140 cmL7

150 cmL7

Shogun Junior 111203Mai tai Junior 111204

6 to 12 years old

Beginner 110 cmT5

120 cmT5

130 cmL7

140 cmL7


120 cmT5

130 cmL7

140 cmL7

Good 110 cmT5

120 cmT5

130 cmL7

140 cmL7

example for Shogun Junior / Mai tai Junior: a 6-year-old child weighing 25 kg (and measuring 120 cm), skiing at an intermediate level, must choose a 115 cm ski with a “tZ5” binding.*If weight is over 45 kg (142 Ibs), SALOMON strongly recommend to use an ADULT ski.

+terrain

Most of the time on groomed piste or on hard snow conditions

+ 0 cmMost of the time off piste or on soft snow conditions

+ 5 cm

leVel

+1. Beginner

You are skiing the first week (rental skis)

- 20 cmdiscover first ski sensations

2. interMediate

Able to ski most runs in good conditions

- 5 cmPrefer moderate speeds

3. adVanced

Able to ski all runs in good conditions

+ 0 cmPrefer a variety of speeds

4. eXpert

Able to ski on all runs in any conditions

+ 5 cmPrefer high speeds

5. SpecialiSt

Able to ski on all runs in changing conditions

+ 10 cmPrefer highest speeds

Kg < 47 48 - 52 53 - 58 59 - 65 66 - 73 74 - 82 83 >

corresponding

SKi length cm 140 cm 145 cm 150 cm 155 cm 160 cm 165 cm 170 cm

Weight

alpine SKi

SPM 11 EN.indb 39 10/14/10 4:28 PM

recommendations for use of Skis according to the Mass of SkierTo guarantee the sufficient param-eters of safety (i.e. the resistance of the screws to wrench), skiers must useskis,approximatewithgroups1to 4, in connection with the mass of the skier**.

technIcal features > 40

TECHNICAL RECAP MEASUREMENTS Option Construction & Core Reinforcement Edges Base Specific Features

Ref. and Commercial Designation

Leng

th (c

m)

SIDECUTS

Radi

us (m

m)

Mid

sole

(mm

)

Wei

ght (

g pe

r 1/2

pai

r)

Thic

knes

s

Rock

er S

hape

(mm

)

Bind

ing

Syst

em

Sand

wic

h Si

dew

alls

Mon

ocoq

ueEd

gy M

onoc

oque

Twin

tipW

oodc

ore

Com

posi

tePo

wer

line

Bam

boo

laye

rBa

salt

laye

r3D

Rac

e Fr

ame

Ti L

amin

ate

Wid

er E

dges

Tota

l Edg

e Re

info

rcem

ent

Edge

Arm

orRa

ce B

ase

Ptex

Waist Width

Other

Tip

(mm

)

Wai

st (m

m)

Tail

(mm

)

Chas

sis

(mm

)Bo

dy (

mm

)

ALL-

MO

UN

TAIN

SKI

S: X

-Win

g

KXWEnduro+ Z12B90

108788 119924

163 170 177 184

127 127 127 127

82 83 84 85

109 110 111 112

14.0 15.6 17.4 19.3

706 744 781 816

2130 2230 2330 2430

47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3

260 270 280 290

Z12 Protrak • Full

All M

tn.

Dou

ble

T 4000

XL (8

5) WideSensitivePlate;OversizedPulsePad;SquareTail;AllTerrainRocker;G1ISONorm;TipProtector

N XW Enduro 111687163 170 177 184

127 127 127 127

82 83 84 85

109 110 111 112

14.0 15.6 17.4 19.3

706 744 781 816

1850 1950 2050 2150

47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3

260 270 280 290

• Full

All M

tn.

Dou

ble

T 4000

XL (8

5) WideSensitivePlate;OversizedPulsePad;SquareTail;AllTerrainRocker;G1ISONorm;TipProtector

KXWTornadoTiPl+ Z12 B 111127

152 159 166 173 180

120 120 120 120 120

76 77 78 79 80

104 105 106 107 108

11.4 12.9 15.6 16.3 18.2

633 668 704 740 776

2000 2070 2140 2210 2280

46.3 47.1 47.9 48.7 49.5

Z12 Protrak

Doub

le

Full

Tita

nium

Dou

ble

T 4000

L(79)

OversizedPulsePad;3DStealthTip;G1ISONorm;TipProtector

KXWTornadoTi+ Z12 B80 111135

159 166 173 180

120 120 120 120

77 78 79 80

105 106 107 108

12.9 15.6 16.3 18.2

668 704 740 776

1990 2060 2130 2200

47.1 47.9 48.7 49.5

Z12 Protrak

Doub

le

Full

Dou

ble

T 4000

L(79)


N XW Tornado Ti 119981159 166 173 180

120 120 120 120

77 78 79 80

105 106 107 108

12.9 15.6 16.3 18.2

668 704 740 776

1710 1780 1850 1920

47.1 47.9 48.7 49.5 Do

uble

Full

Dou

ble

T 4000

L(79)


KXWStorm+ Z11 B80 111136

152 160 168 176

120 120 120 120

73 74 75 76

101 102 103 104

12.0 13.6 15.3 17.2

645 685 725 766

1760 1880 2000 2120

Z11 Smartrak • •

Sing

le

4000

M (7

5)


HX-Wing8+ KZ10B80 111137

152 160 168 176

120 120 120 120

73 74 75 76

101 102 103 104

12.0 13.6 15.3 17.2

645 685 725 766

1740 1860 1980 2100

Z10 Lightrak • C

Sing

le

2000

M (7

5)


HX-Wing6+ JL10 B80 111139

151 158 165 172

114 115 116 117

72 72 72 72

100 101 102 103

12.2 13.2 14.1 15.1

642 678 713 749

1620 1725 1830 1935

L10 Lightrak • C

Sing

le

2000

S (7

2)

PulsePad;3DStealthTip;G1ISONorm;TipProtector

HX-Wing4+ JL10 B80 111140

144 151 158 165 172

113 114 115 116 117

72 72 72 72 72

99 100 101 102 103

11.4 12.2 13.2 14.1 15.1

599 642 678 713 749

1515 1620 1725 1830 1935

L10 Lightrak • C 2000

S (7

2)

PulsePad;3DStealthTip;G1ISONorm;TipProtector

ON

PIS

TE: R

ace

/ Allr

ound

K2VRacePowerline+ Z14 120030

164 171 178 185

112 112 112 112

68 68 68 68

98 98 98 98

16.0 17.0 17.5 19.0

680 721 752 783

2180 2250 2320 2390

49.5 50.2 51.0 51.8

Z14 Protrak

3D R

ace

Full

Rac

e

Dou

ble

T • 4000 PulsePad;G1ISONorm;TipProtector


164 171 178 185

112 112 112 112

68 68 68 68

98 98 98 98

16.0 17.0 17.5 19.0

680 721 752 783

2300 2400 2500 2620

52.5 53.2 54.0 54.8

Z12 Protrak

3D R

ace

Full

Rac

e

Dou

ble


K3VRacePowerline+ Z14 B75 120031

155 160 165 170

117 118 119 120

67 67 67 67

102 102 102 102

11.2 12.0 12.5 13.2

638 663 690 720

2300 2400 2500 2620

44.4 45.0 45.6 46.2

Z14 Protrak

3D R

ace

Full

Rac

e

Dou

ble



155 160 165 170

117 118 119 120

67 67 67 67

102 102 102 102

11.2 12.0 12.5 13.2

638 663 690 720

2130 2230 2330 2450

44.4 45.0 45.6 46.2

Z12 Protrak

3D R

ace

Full

Rac

e

Dou

ble


KCrossmax+ Z12 B75 111113

154 162 170 178

119 119 119 119

70 71 72 73

99 101 103 105

12.1 13.6 15.1 16.8

645 687 730 774

1900 1980 2080 2180

47.4 48.3 49.2 50.1


Plat

inum

Carb

onD

oubl

e

T 4000 PulsePad;G1ISONorm;TipProtector

K24X+ Z12 B75 111100

154 162 170 178

119 119 119 119

70 71 72 73

99 101 103 105

12.1 13.6 15.1 16.8

645 687 730 774

1900 1980 2080 2180

47.4 48.3 49.2 50.1


Rac

e

Dou

ble


K24Hours+ Z12 B75 111116

154 162 170 178

119 119 119 119

70 71 72 73

99 101 103 105

12.1 13.6 15.1 16.8

645 687 730 774

1900 1980 2080 2180

47.4 48.3 49.2 50.1


Tita

nium

•

Dou

ble


K24Daytona+ Z11 B80 111118

148 155 162 169 176

119 119 119 119 119

69 70 71 72 73

101 102 103 104 105

10.4 11.7 13.1 14.6 16.3

611 648 686 725 765

1720 1790 1860 1930 2000

46.0 45.8 47.5 48.3 49.0


Mag

nesi

um

• 4000 PulsePad;G1ISONorm;TipProtector

K24GTPro+ Z10 B80 111120

144 151 158 165 172

115 116 117 118 119

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

11.9 12.8 13.9 14.8 15.7

606 641 676 712 748

1575 1680 1785 1890 1995

Z10 Smartrak

3D S

port

•

Mag

nesi

um

Sing

le

4000 PulsePad;G1ISONorm;TipProtector

H24Sport+ JL10 B80 111741

144 151 158 165 172

115 116 117 118 119

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

11.9 12.8 13.9 14.8 15.7

606 641 676 712 748

1535 1640 1745 1850 1955

L10 Lightrak

3D S

port

C

Aliu

m

Sing

le


Ski technical reference chart

drill Bit Selection for Salomon Skis

Ski Model Ski Size Drill Bit Diameter Tapping Glue* TorqueEquipe T, XW Fury Junior, Jade Junior, Shogun Junior, Mai Tai Junior

< 140 cm 3,6 mmNo No 3 Nm (for these skis, use a hand screwdriver

only to tighten the screws on the bindings.)>= 140 cm 4,1 mm

All other models (except those above) All sizes 4,1 mm No Salomon glue

or epoxy 4 Nm

*Put the glue at the bottome of the hole

Group of Ski Skier Weight (kg)1 greater than 65 kg1, 2 65 kg or less1, 2, 3 45 kg or less(1, 2) 3, 4 25 kg or less**ExtractfromNFISO8364June2007

alpine SKi

SPM 11 EN.indb 40 10/14/10 4:28 PM

technIcal reference > 41



Leng

th (c

m)

SIDECUTS

Radi

us (m

m)

Mid

sole

(mm

)

Wei

ght (

g pe

r 1/2

pai

r)

Thic

knes

s

Rock

er S

hape

(mm

)

Bind

ing

Syst

em

Sand

wic

h Si

dew

alls

Mon

ocoq

ueEd

gy M

onoc

oque

Twin

tipW

oodc

ore

Com

posi

tePo

wer

line

Bam

boo

laye

rBa

salt

laye

r3D

Rac

e Fr

ame

Ti L

amin

ate

Wid

er E

dges

Tota

l Edg

e Re

info

rcem

ent

Edge

Arm

orRa

ce B

ase

Ptex

Waist Width

Other

Tip

(mm

)

Wai

st (m

m)

Tail

(mm

)

Chas

sis

(mm

)Bo

dy (

mm

)

ON

PIS

TE: J

apan

ese

Dem

o

K24HoursPowerlineLM+ Z14 120033

155 160 165 170

117 118 119 120

67 67 67 67

102 102 102 102

11.2 12.0 12.5 13.2

638 663 690 720

2300 2400 2500 2620

44.4 45.0 45.6 46.2

Z14 Protrak

3D R

ace

Full

Rac

e

Dou

ble


K24HoursPwlineS5+ Z12 111471

154 162 170 178

119 119 119 119

70 71 72 73

99 101 103 105

12.1 13.6 15.1 16.8

645 687 730 774

1900 1980 2080 2180

47.4 48.3 49.2 50.1


Tita

nium

•

Dou

ble


K24HoursPwlineS3+ Z10 B 111467

155 162 169 176

119 119 119 119

70 71 72 73

102 103 104 105

11.7 13.1 14.6 16.3

648 686 725 765

1790 1860 1930 2000

45.8 47.5 48.3 49.0


Mag

nesi

um

• 4000 PulsePad;G1ISONorm;TipProtector

H24HoursPwlineS1+ L10 111694

151 158 165 172

116 117 118 119

72 72 72 72

99 100 101 102

12.8 13.9 14.8 15.7

641 676 712 748

1680 1785 1890 1995

L10 Lightrak

3D S

port

C

Aliu

m

Sing

le


FREE

SKI:

Explo

ring

N El Dictator 111144 194 139 114 124 43.4 856 2600 300 Dbl. • Full

W T 4000 PulsePad;FlatTail;AllTerrainRocker;G1ISONorm

N Sentinel 111145170 177 184 191

129 129 129 129

93 94 95 96

119 120 121 122

17.8 19.8 21.1 24.3

715 754 792 832

1900 2000 2100 2200

270 280 290 300

• Full

•

Dou

ble

W T 4000 PulsePad;SquareTail;AllTerrainRocker;G1ISONorm

FREE

SKI:

Big

Mou

ntai

n

N Rocker 111691 192 147 127 137 48.5 840 290 720 • • Full

W T 4000 FlatTail;Rocker;G1ISONorm

N Czar 111143166 174 182 190

125 128 131 133

105 108 111 114

115 118 121 123

38.3 40.0 44.7 54.9

745/775 780/810 816/846 853/883

2020 2120 2220 2318

581 626 670 670 Do

uble

• Full

W T 4000 PulsePad;HighTwinTipTail;Rocker;G1ISONorm

N Shogun 102732164 173 182 191

126 128 130 132

97 99 101 103

116 118 120 122

20.6 23.1 25.9 28.7

730 770 810 850

1852 1944 2040 2140

250 300 350 400 Do

uble

• Full

• • W T A 4000 PulsePad;SemiTwinTipTail;Rocker;G1ISONorm

N Lord 102735161 169 177 185

128 128 128 128

85 86 87 88

113 114 115 116

13.6 15.4 17.4 19.5

706 748 791 835

1690 1790 1890 1990

210 210 210 210

• • • W T A 4000 PulsePad;SemiTwinTipTail;Rocker;G1ISONorm

NTheKnight 107490151 161 171 176

122 122 122 122

85 85 85 85

11214.2 16.3 18.5 19.6

713/738 740/775 820/855 851/886

1560 1660 1760 1800

• • C W T 2000 SemiTwinTipTail;G1ISONorm

FREE

SKI:

Park

& P

ipe

N Dumont Pro Pipe 111146161 171 181

122 122 122

85 85 85

112 112 112

15.7 18.0 20.5

796 845 895

1785 1885 1985 Sa

ndwi

ch

• Full

W T • PulsePad;G1ISONorm

N Twenty Twelve 111147163 171 179

123 123 123

91 91 91

116 116 116

17.6 19.7 21.9

803 843 882

1785 1885 1985

• • Full

W T 4000 PulsePad;TwinRockerFS;G1ISONorm

N Suspect 111148

151 161 171 176 181

122 122 122 122 122

86 86 86 86 86

115 115 115 115 115

13.0 15.1 17.3 18.5 19.7

692/742 742/792 792/842 817/867 842/892

1560 1650 1740 1790 1840

• • Full

W T A 4000 PulsePad;G1ISONorm

N Threat 102752

141 151 161 171 176

122 122 122 122 122

85 85 85 85 85

112 112 112 112 112

14.0 14.2 16.3 18.5 19.6

666/691 713/738 740/775 820/855 851/886

1285 1560 1660 1760 1800

• • C W T 2000 G1 ISO Norm

WO

MEN

: On

pist

e

HSelectTouch+ KZ10TiB 111161

144 151 158 165 172

115 116 117 118 119

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

11.9 12.8 13.9 14.8 15.7

614 649 684 720 756

1515 1620 1725 1830 1935

Z10 Ti Lightrak • •

Tita

nium

Sing

le

2000 G1ISONorm;TipProtector

HVitalTouch+ KZ10TiB8 111163

144 151 158 165 172

115 116 117 118 119

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

11.9 12.8 13.9 14.8 15.7

614 649 684 720 756

1515 1620 1725 1830 1935

Z10 Ti Lightrak • C

Mag

nesi

um


HFreshTouch+ JL9B80 111165

144 151 158 165 172

115 116 117 118 119

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

11.9 12.813.914.815.7

614 649684720756

15151620172518301935

L9 Lightrak • C

Aliu

m


WOM

EN: A

ll-M

ount

ain

KOriginsDiamond+ Z10 Ti 111150

152 159 166 173

120 120 120 120

76 77 78 79

104 105 106 107

11.4 12.9 15.6 16.3

633 668 704 740

1750 1820 1890 1960

46.3 47.1 47.9 48.7

Z10 Ti Protrak • Full

T 4000

L(79)


HOriginsOpal+ KZ10TiB 111156

144 152 160 168

120 120 120 120

72 73 74 75

100 101 102 103

10.5 12.0 13.6 15.3

614 653 693 733

1620 1740 1860 1980

Z10 Ti Lightrak • • •

Sing

le

T 4000

M (7

5) OversizedPulsePad;3DStealthTip;WomenStance(Fwdmountedbinding(+8mm));G1ISONorm;TipProtector

HOriginsTopaz+ KZ10Ti 111154

144 152 160 168

120 120 120 120

72 73 74 75

100 101 102 103

10.5 12.0 13.6 15.3

614 653 693 733

1620 1740 1860 1980

Z10 Ti Lightrak • C •

Sing

le

4000

M (7

5) PulsePad;WomenStance(Fwdmountedbinding(+8mm));G1ISONorm;TipProtector

N Origins Topaz 118469144 152 160 168

120 120 120 120

72 73 74 75

100 101 102 103

10.5 12.0 13.6 15.3

614 653 693 733

1360 1480 1600 1720

• C •

Sing

le

4000

M (7

5) PulsePad;WomenStance(Fwdmountedbinding(+8mm));G1ISONorm;TipProtector

HOriginsPearl+ JL9B80 111416

137 144 151 158 165

112 113 114 115 116

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

10.5 11.4 12.2 13.2 14.1

581 607 650 686 721

1410 1515 1620 1725 1830

L9 Lightrak • C •

Sing

le

2000

S (7

2) WomenStance(Fwdmountedbinding(+8mm));G1ISONorm;Tip Protector

HOriginsPearl+ JL9B80 111157

137 144 151 158 165

112 113 114 115 116

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

10.5 11.4 12.2 13.2 14.1

581 607 650 686 721

1410 1515 1620 1725 1830

L9 Lightrak • C •

Sing

le

2000

S (7


N Origins Pearl 118468

137 144 151 158 165

112 113 114 115 116

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

10.5 11.4 12.2 13.2 14.1

581 607 650 686 721

1150 1255 1360 1465 1570

• C •

Sing

le

2000

S (7


HOriginsAmber+ JL9B80 111159

137 144 151 158 165

112 113 114 115 116

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

10.5 11.4 12.2 13.2 14.1

581 607 650 686 721

1410 1515 1620 1725 1830

L9 Lightrak • C 2000

S (7


WO

MEN

: Fre

eski

N Geisha 102734153 164 173

124 126 128

95 97 99

114 116 118

18.5 20.6 23.1

690 730 770

1640 1852 1944

225 250 300 Do

uble

• • Full

• • W T A 4000 SemiTwinTipTail;Rocker;G1ISONorm

N Lady 102748153 161 169

128 128 128

84 85 86

112 113 114

11.9 13.6 15.4

664 706 748

1590 1690 1790

210 210 210

• • Full

W T A 4000 PulsePad;SemiTwinTipTail;Rocker;G1ISONorm

N Mai Tai 111170151 161 171

122 122 122

86 86 86

115 115 115

13.0 15.1 17.3

692/742 742/792 792/842

1560 1650 1740

• • Full

W T A 4000 PulsePad;G1ISONorm;WideBodyShape(>– 85 mm)

NVamp 102753141 151 161 171

122 122 122 122

85 85 85 85

112 112 112 112

14.0 14.2 16.3 18.5

666/691 713/738 740/775 820/855

1283 1560 1660 1760

• • • C W T 2000 G1ISONorm;WideBodyShape(>– 85 mm)

alpine SKi

SPM 11 EN.indb 41 10/14/10 4:28 PM

technIcal reference > 42



Leng

th (c

m)

SIDECUTS

Radi

us (m

m)

Mid

sole

(mm

)

Wei

ght (

g pe

r 1/2

pai

r)

Thic

knes

s

Rock

er S

hape

(mm

)

Bind

ing

Syst

em

Sand

wic

h Si

dew

alls

Mon

ocoq

ueEd

gy M

onoc

oque

Twin

tipW

oodc

ore

Com

posi

tePo

wer

line

Bam

boo

laye

rBa

salt

laye

r3D

Rac

e Fr

ame

Ti L

amin

ate

Wid

er E

dges

Tota

l Edg

e Re

info

rcem

ent

Edge

Arm

orRa

ce B

ase

Ptex

Waist Width

Other

Tip

(mm

)

Wai

st (m

m)

Tail

(mm

)

Chas

sis

(mm

)Bo

dy (

mm

)

JUN

IOR

: On

pist

e Jr

J2VRaceJr+ Z11 B75 120035

151 158 165

101 103 105

64 64 64

84 86 88

17.0 17.0 17.5

625 660 695

870 970 1060

12.65 13.5 14.6

Z11 Smartrak Grip

3D R

ace

Full

Doub

le

4000 PulsePad;G3ISONorm

H2VRaceJr+ JL10 Jr B80 111304

130 137 144

96 101 104

63 64 64

80 83 86

14.0 14.0 14.0

540 575 610

850 935 1020

10.9 11.6 12.45

L10 Jr Lightrak Jr

3D R

ace

Full

Doub

le


J3VRaceJr+ Z11 B75 120037 144

151110 112

64 64

93 96

11.0 11.5

595 630

905 1050

12.8 13.64 Z11 Smartrak Grip

3D R

ace

Full

Doub

le


H3VRaceJr+ JL10 Jr B80 111306 130

137105 108

63 63

88 91

10.0 10.5

525 560

920 980

11.5 11.9 L10 Jr Lightrak Jr

3D R

ace

Full

Doub

le


H24Jr+ JL10 Jr B80 117955 140

150107 108

65 65

88 89

13.0 14.0

585 635

1360 1460 L10 Jr Lightrak • C 18

40 G3ISONorm;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;TipProtector

N 24 Jr 111237120 130 140 150

106 107 107 108

65 65 65 65

86 87 88 89

9.5 11.0 13.0 14.0

485 535 585 635

880 1000 1100 1200

• C 1840 G3ISONorm;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;TipProtector

N 24 Jr 111236

70 80 90 100 110

91 96 100 100 103

65 65 65 65 65

75 79 83 84 86

4.5 5.0 5.5 7.0 7.5

300 330 365 405 450

400 440 530 620 640

• C 1840 ScrewLength<6mm+/-0,5;G3ISONorm;

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet

JUN

IOR

: All-

Mou

ntai

n Jr

NXWFuryJuniorL 102857 140 150

107 108

65 65

88 89

13.0 14.0

585 635

1100 1200


NXWFuryJuniorM 102858 120 130

106 107

65 65

86 87

9.5 11.0

485 535

880 1000


ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;TipProtector

NXWFuryJuniorS 10286090 100 110

100 100 103

65 65 65

83 84 86

5.5 7.0 7.5

365 405 450

530 620 640



NXWFuryJuniorXS 102861 70 80

91 96

65 65

75 79

4.5 5.0

300 330

400 440



N Jade Junior L 102862 140 150

107 108

65 65

88 89

13.0 14.0

585 635

1100 1200


N Jade Junior M 102866 120 130

106 107

65 65

86 87

9.5 11.0

485 535

880 1000


ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;TipProtector

N Jade Junior S 10286790 100 110

100 100 103

65 65 65

83 84 86

5.5 7.0 7.5

365 405 450

530 620 640



N Jade Junior XS 102868 70 80

91 96

65 65

75 79

4.5 5.0

300 330

400 440



JUNI

OR: F

rees

ki J

r

N Shogun Jr 111203110 120 130 140

92 99 106 122

76 78 80 85

84 91 98 112

19.5 17.0 15.5 14.0

487 532 577 666

715 905 1095 1285

• • C 1840 ScrewLength<6mm+/-0,5;G3ISONorm

N Mai Tai Jr 111204110 120 130 140

92 99 106 122

76 78 80 85

84 91 98 112

19.5 17.0 15.5 14.0

487 532 577 666

715 905 1095 1285

• • C 1840 ScrewLength<6mm+/-0,5;G3ISONorm

REN

TAL:

All-

Mou

ntai

n

HRX-Wing8R+ Lightrak R 102808

144 152 160 168 176

120 120 120 120 120

72 73 74 75 76

100 101 102 103 104

10.5 12.0 13.6 15.3 17.2

606 645 685 725 766

1620 1740 1860 1980 2100

Lightrak • C • 4000

M (7

5) PulsePad;WomenStance(Fwdmountedbinding(+8mm));G1ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedMatTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;TipProtector

FRX-Wing6R+ L10 SC B80

111328 111218

137 144 151 158 165 172

112 113 114 115 116 117

72 72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102 103

10.5 11.4 12.2 13.2 14.1 15.1

573 599 642 678 713 749

1550 1655 1760 1865 1970 2075

L10 SC ITFLoc • C • 2000

S (7

2)

G1ISONorm;BarCoding;SizeColorCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedMatTopSheet(onlyC/Oversionisconcerned);ReinforcedBlackBase;Tip Protector

NR X-Wing 6 R 102815 111212

137 144 151 158 165 172

112 113 114 115 116 117

72 72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102 103

10.5 11.4 12.2 13.2 14.1 15.1

573 599 642 678 713 749

1150 1255 1360 1465 1570 1675

• C • 2000

S (7

2) G1ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedMatTopSheet(onlyC/Oversionisconcerned);ReinforcedBlackBase;TipProtector

FRXWFocus+ L10 SC B80

111331 111467 119391

125 135 145 155 165 175

112 113 116 119 122 123

78 74 74 74 74 74

102 93 96 100 103 107

10.5 13.0 13.5 14.0 14.5 15.0

556 545 595 645 695 755

1580 1690 1800 1910 2020 2130

L10 SC ITFLoc • C 2000

M (7

5) G1ISONorm;BarCoding;SizeColorCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;Tip Protector

REN

TAL:

On

pist

e

HR24GTProR+ Lightrak 111205

144 151 158 165 172

115 116 117 118 119

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

11.9 12.8 13.9 14.8 15.7

606 641 676 712 748

1495 1600 1705 1810 1915

Lightrak

3D S

port

•

4000

PulsePad;G1ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;Tip Protector

FR24SportR+ L10 SC B80 111207

144 151 158 165 172

115 116 117 118 119

72 72 72 72 72

98 99

100 101 102

11.9 12.8 13.9 14.8 15.7

606 641 676 712 748

1635 1740 1845 1950 2055

L10 SC ITFLoc

3D S

port

C 4000

PulsePad;G1ISONorm;BarCoding;SizeColorCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;Tip Protector

NR 24 Sport R 111208

144 151 158 165 172

115 116 117 118 119

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

11.9 12.8 13.9 14.8 15.7

606 641 676 712 748

1235 1340 1445 1550 1655

3D R

ace

C 4000

PulsePad;G1ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;Tip Protector

FRCrossmax120+ L10 SC B 111209 125 112 78 102 10.5 556 1580 L10 SC ITFLoc • C 20

00 BarCoding;SizeColorCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedMatTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;TipProtector

R: F

rees

ki

NRTheKnightR 111217151 161 171 176

122 122 122 122

85 85 85 85

112 112 112 112

14.2 16.3 18.5 19.6

713/738 740/775 820/855 851/886

1560 1660 1760 1800

• • C W T 2000

SemiTwinTipTail;G1ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;Tip Protector

REN

TAL:

Wom

en R

tl

FROriginsCrystal+ L10 SC 111216

137 144 151 158 165

112 113 114 115 116

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

10.5 11.4 12.2 13.2 14.1

581 607 650 686 721

1550 1655 1760 1865 1970

L10 SC ITFLoc • C 4000

S (7

2) WomenStance(Fwdmountedbinding(+8mm));G1ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedMatTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;TipProtector

NR Origins Crystal R 102820

137 144 151 158 165

112 113 114 115 116

72 72 72 72 72

98 99 100 101 102

10.5 11.4 12.2 13.2 14.1

581 607 650 686 721

1150 1255 1360 1465 1570

• C 4000

S (7

2) WomenStance(Fwdmountedbinding(+8mm));G1ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedMatTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;TipProtector

REN

TAL:

Jun

ior R

tl

FR24JrRL+ L7 SC 111814 140

150107 108

65 65

88 89

13.0 14.0

585 635

1460 1560 L7 SC ITFLocJunior • C 18

40 G3ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;TipProtector

FR24JrRM+ T5 SC 111817 120

130106 107

65 65

86 87

9.5 11.0

485 535

1240 1360 T5 SC ITFLocJunior • C 18

40

ScrewLength<6mm+/-0,5;G3ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;Tip Protector

FR24JrRS+ T5 SC 111820 100

110100 103

65 65

84 86

7.0 7.5

405 450


40 ScrewLength<6mm+/-0,5;G3ISONorm;BarCoding;ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase

FR24JrRXS+ T5 SR 111824

70 80 90

91 96 100

65 65 65

75 79 83

4.5 5.0 5.5

300 330 365

760 800 890

T5 SR ITFLocJunior • C 1840 ScrewLength<6mm+/-0,5;G3ISONorm;BarCoding;

ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase

FRXWFuryJuniorL+ L7 S 111815 140

150107 108

65 65

88 89

13.0 14.0

585 635



FRXWFuryJuniorM+ T5 SC 111822 120

130106 107

65 65

86 87

9.5 11.0

485 535


40


FRXWFuryJuniorS+ T5 SC 111821 100

110100 103

65 65

84 86

7.0 7.5

405 450



FRXWFuryJuniorXS+ T5 111825

70 80 90

91 96 100

65 65 65

75 79 83

4.5 5.0 5.5

300 330 365

760 800 890


ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase

FRJadeJuniorL+ L7 SC 111816 140

150107 108

65 65

88 89

13.0 14.0

585 635



FRJadeJuniorM+ T5 SC 111818 120

130106 107

65 65

86 87

9.5 11.0

485 535


40


FRJadeJuniorS+ T5 SC 111819 100

110100 103

65 65

84 86

7.0 7.5

405 450



FRJadeJuniorXS+ T5 SR 111826

70 80 90

91 96 100

65 65 65

75 79 83

4.5 5.0 5.5

300 330 365

760 800 890


ReinforcedStructuredTopSheet;ReinforcedBlackBase;

alpine SKi

SPM 11 EN.indb 42 10/14/10 4:28 PM

D F

F

Maintenance & repairSSki maintenance

Good ski maintenance is just as important for the recreational skier as for the racer. A fine-tuned ski lasts longer. A well-prepared ski turns better, grips the snow better and glides better on all types of snow.the ski tune-up involves three steps:1. daily check-up - at the end of everyday of skiing.2. Machine tuning - for quick work.3. complete hand tuning - for skier’s specific needs.

• Visuallychecktoseeifanyrusthas developed on the edges.

• Removeanytraceswithfine,220-230 grit sandpaper.

• Ifnecessary,sharpenandpolishedges using sandpaper wrapped around a file.

• CleanthebaseandwaxwithSwixwax.

check-up

Machine tuning

A S

Stone grinding the ski baseSurface Smoothing grinding

Semi finishing grinding

finishing grinding

rotation speed 1000 t/mn

rotation speed 800to900t/mn

rotation speed 400 to 500 t/mn

pressure 2,5 Ski feed speed 10 m/mn

pressure 2,5 Ski feed speed 10 m/mn

Minimum pressureSki feed speed10 - 11 m/mn

dressing Dressing rate 9-12mm/s (depending on the condition of the ski)

dressing Dressing rate 4 - 16 mm/s

dressingDressing rate7 - 8 mm/s

dressing speed Micro automatic (1300t/mn)

dressing speed (1300 t/mn)

dressing speed(1300 t/mn)

ValuesfromWintersteigermachines(Micro81–Micro91)orequivalentma-chines.

Ski tuning on beveled/recessed edgesparameter of the machine

Beveled edge recessed edge

program 1 angle 1° angle 1°Program from Wintersteiger machine (Trim Disc).

a) Surface smoothing– Place the skis on a flat surface.– Eliminateanyexcesspolyethyl-

ene on the base with a hand base plane to decrease the risks of contaminating the stone.

b) Semi finishing– Stone grind until the base be-

comes flat and glossy.– Avoid overheating and use of a

dirty stone (lengthwise streaks on base are from stone contaminant).

– Dress the stone regularly to keep it in good condition (when using a belt grinding machine: use 80 grit belt).

c) finishing fig. S– Stone grind to obtain a fine struc-

ture (when using a belt grinding machine: use 150 grit belt).

– Do not use a dirty stone which creates fluff/hair.

d) Beveled/recessed finishForskiswithbeveled/recessedfinish,

we recommend a straight, fine stone-ground structured base.

note: always make the last run in this direc tion: Tip – Tail. Concerning the machine parame ters, consult the machine manufacturer.

Stone grindingForProlinkskis,installtheBinding-BridgekitaccordingtotheMaintenance Specifics paragraph on page 44.

We recommend grinding the edges with a cup grinding wheel. fig. D• Checktheangleadjustmentbe-

forehand.• Makesurethestonesarewell

lubricated.• Makesuretheedgesarenot

burnt (brown color).• Checkthetuninglengths.

• Smooththeedgesbyhandwitha soft stone (fig. Fa) or Scotch Brite® (fig. Fb)

• Makesureallburrsareremovedand smooth down again, if nec-essary.

for non equiped retailers they can do a classic tuning.

edge finishing

Ski check-up• Visuallychecktodeterminewhatneedstobetuned.• Removemajordeepscratchesonedgeswithwhetstone(seepage 44 for repairing).• Removeanytracesofwaxorgrease.

fill in any holes in the base(see base repairs on page 45)depending on the conditions of the base and materials available:a) Grind entire base surface. fig. Ab) Fill-inscratcheswithbaserepairmaterial.c) Repair any large damaged areas with base patch/die.

a

b

maIntenance & rePaIr > 43alpine SKi

SPM 11 EN.indb 43 10/14/10 4:28 PM


Machine tuning (continued)

G H J

Maintenance & repairS (continued)

lateral finish (fig. G):• Lateralfinishingwithlubricated

220 belt (or use the smallest grit possible).

• Passovertheedges1-2timesdepending on the condition of the edges.

• Adoublesidedsharpenerwillmaintain the ski’s proper side cut.

• Foraperformancepreparation,polish the base edge with a pol-ish ing stone or whetstone to elim i nate any file marks on the edges.

• Removeburrsandpolishedgeswith a lubricated Scotch Brite® belt machine at a slow speed. fig. J

• Becarefultolubricatesufficientlyto avoid burning the base.

• Carefullyremoveallburrswithasoft stone.

• Quicklywipetheskitoavoidstaining from the dried lubricant.

a well-sharpened ski is always sharper underfoot than at the extremities of the ski.

K L :

a) Waxing (fig. K)- It’sbesttousemeltedwax.- Clean the base thoroughly.- Make sure the iron is set at the ap-

propriate temperature so that only thewaxismelted.(Temperature110°C+/-5°Cor230°F+/-10°F).

excess heat (above 120 °c or 248°f) can be harmful to both wax and ski, and can even cause permanent loss of glide qualities in the base.- Chooseawaxaccordingtothewax

manu facturer’s recommendations.- Melttheselectedwaxovertheen-

tire length of the base, and let the waxcooltoroomtemperature.

b) Scraping (fig. L)- Removetheexcesswaxwitha

plastic scraper from tip to tail to leave only a very thin layer.

- Removewaxfromthebasegrooveand ski edges as well.

c) Brushing (fig. :)- Brush the base with a nylon brush

(or other type depending on the

structure desired) working from tip to tail.

- A rotating brush removes the struc-ture of the base for good glide. Strap the skis together. Position the straps at the base contact points.

note: The skis can be stored ready-waxed(unscraped)foranextendedperiod of time (e.g. between ski seasons).

toolS:•Waxremover•Ironwiththermostat•Waxapplicator•Plasticscraper•Brush

Waxing, scraping and brushing

a true bar is the basic tool for checking and assessing:• skibaseflatness,• thattheedgeisslightlyrecessed

from the base,• theextentofbasescratchesand

appropriate repair. The edge angle checking tool is used to verify thattheedgehasanangleof90°.

Ski check-up• Checkthebaseandedgesofyour

skis with a true bar.• Ifrepairsarenecessary,seein-

structions on page 45.

Smoothing the base and edges (fig. D)classic finish: If damage is only mi-nor,useafiletotune;otherwisetheski must be tuned on a machine.

Beveled/recessed finish: the recommended bevel is between 1° and 1.5°.

edge sharpening (fig. D)• Sharpenbaseedges.• Sharpensideedges.

on classic finish: make sure the edgesareat90°.

on Beveled/recessed finish: make sure that the beveled and recessed edge angle is between 1° and 1.5°.• Roundoffthetipandtailslightly.• Removeanyburrswithsoftstone

or Scotchbrite®.

polishing the edgesPolish the edges with a whetstone, starting first on the base and then the sides.

Waxing, scraping and brushingFollowthesameinstructionsasinmachine tuning.

de-tuning the edge angle at the extremitiesimportant: After all finishing op-erations (by hand or machine) it is essential to remove any burrs from edges and to polish the edges to ensure good ski performance.

hand tuning

Pressurized cleaners are prohibited, as well as the following solvents:

› acetone› 95° alcohol(due to risk of damaging the cosmetics of the top surface of the ski).

cleaning the skis > Warningtuning skis with prolink on au-tomatically programmable ma-chines and machines with a lead:

To be able to tune skis with the Y andVprolink,wehavedevelopeda specific tuning kit in cooperation with the Wintersteiger company.

This new Prolink adapter can be mounted on the adjustable Wintersteiger bridge (ref. 2000: 7217-0111-V01)andisavailableatWintersteiger under the reference 7217-0111-V05.

Maintenance specifics > prolink adapter

toolS:- Square- 20 cm (8 inch)

file- Whetstone- Soft stone- Scrapers- Brushes

- Scotchbrite®

- Sandpaper (220-320 grit)

- Central hold-ing vise

-Swixwax

alpine SKi

SPM 11 EN.indb 44 10/14/10 4:28 PM



repairing the surface of skis and snowblades

All the adult and Rental models are protected by the TPP (Transparent Polyamide Protection). Regarding the Junior models, they are protected by TP (Transparent Protection).

The transparent tops cover the cosmetics underneath, which guarantees the durability of the cosmetics.

the tpp top surface Superficial scratchesMachine tuning will make the scratch disappear (see the ski main-tenance repair)

not very deep scratches or marks to be filled by machine- Pour the polyethylene.- Wait 10 minutes for the material

to harden.- Removetheexcesspolyethylene

with a steel spatula for a flat sur-face.

- Proceed with machine tuning.

deep cuts- Cut out the damaged area with the

base patch die.- Cut a piece of the base material

with the base patch die.- Glue it into the damaged area.- Hold it in place with a clamp and

press repair (glue the pieces with Loctite® 406 or slow Araldite®).

- Proceed with machine tuning.

Base repairs

KJHG

FDSA

there are two methods for repairing the ski surface:1) ‘Onecolored’paste+Araldite®

2) ‘Multi colored’ Araldite®+white+coloring

repair process:1. With a cutter, outline the area

to be repaired, then cut the top surface. fig. A

2. Result after cutting the top sur-face. fig. S

3. With a cutter, score area to re-pair (fibers) to improve bonding. fig. D

4. To protect top surface, put ad-hesive tape around the area to repair. fig. F

5. Prepare Araldite® resin with gun.6. Which type of repair to choose:a) One-color surface repairb) Multicolored surface repair7. Add a small quantity of color-

ing paste to the Araldite® resin. Gentlymix(inordertoavoid

bubbles) to obtain a homo ge-neousmixture.Addasmallquantity of coloring paste (White DW 0131) to the Araldite® resin. White paste is used as a primer in order to have the desired colorsafterwards.Gentlymix(inorder to avoid bubbles) to obtain ahomogeneousmixture.fig. G

8. Apply thicker than top surface of the ski in the areas to be filled. Wait a few moments to eliminate bubbles if necessary. fig. H

9. Put adhesive tape on the area to avoid running. Let it dry for 12 hours. fig. J

10. After 12 hours of drying, remove theadhesivetapefromthemix-ture. Do not remove the adhe-sive tape around the area which protects the top surface from scratches.Usetheflatsideofacuttertoscrapeofftheexcessmixture.fig. K

11. Smooth it down with 600 grain sand paper. Remove the adhe-sive tape. fig. L

12. Finishsandinggentlyinorderto obtain a smooth surface. Be careful of the ski’s decor/cos-metics.

create a decoration13. Forthecoloringstage,donottry

creating tone on tone to create theexactcoloroftheski.Tryingto reproduce a motif of the ski design already present else-where is better and easier. The final layer of Araldite® tends to lighten colors. fig. :

14. UsetheAraldite® gun for a varnish finish which will protect the ski surface from cuts from the edges. A small quantity of Araldite® is sufficient.

15. Apply a fine layer of Araldite® withacuttertoavoidexcessivethickness. fig. ●11

16. Usingadust-freecloth,wipeofftheexcessAraldite® to obtain a smooth, even surface. Let it dry for 30 minutes. The repair is finished. fig. ●12

MaterialS needed:• Araldite® 2011• Araldite® gun 50 ml• Araldite® coloring paste for

smooth color (DW 0131 White, DW 0133 Red, DW 0137 Black, DW 0132 Yellow, DW 0134 Green, DW 0135 Blue)

•Whitepasteforundercoatingfor decoration (DW 0131 White)

• Feltpentocolorthedesign,type 3 points, permanent (Ref: Pantone 87828 - color number).

acceSSorieS:• Cutter• Adhesivetape• Towel• Sandpaper,Grain600

L 11: 12

alpine SKi

SPM 11 EN.indb 45 10/14/10 4:28 PM


replacing the tip protector


2007/2008 rental tip protector

“triangle” tip protector (fig. Aa).

“hexagonal” tip protector (fig. Ab).1. Check that the tip protector is on

the right position (Salomon logo on top foil side (fig. S).

2. Set up the tip protector on the lateral groove with a rubber ham-mer (fig. D&F).

3. Set up the tip protector on the central groove (fig. G).

4. Finishthemountingonthesec-ond lateral groove with a rubber hammer (fig. H).

others rental models use rental tip protector range 05

”triangle” tip protector (fig. Ja).

“hexagonal” tip protector (fig. Jb).1. Insert the tip protector on

the ski.2. Place the 2 screws in the 2 holes

face the running base and screw on (1N.m).

A S D

F G H

J

a

b

a

b

repair process:1. Verifythattheskicanbere-

paired.2. Remove the binding and clean

the ski.3. Check the length of the edge to

be replaced. fig. A Cut out the base where the

edge must be changed (10 mm beyond) with the base patch die or cutter (in this case, make a reproducible cut-out). fig. S

4. Cut the 2 sides of edges be-tween two wings with 45° angle, as illustrated.

5. Cut out the edge carefully with cutter or wood chisel, then roughen the area with 80 grit sandpaper. fig. D

6. Cut the new edge, trim it and remove the grease.

7. Place the new edge and screw 2 wings near the tip.

Wedge in place in order to maintain a good profile and keep the edge horizontal. fig. F

8. Applyepoxytoaffectedareaand heat slightly with heat gun, concentrating on each wing.

9. Put plastic over cut out area and insert piece of new base material.

10. Cover the affected area with mold release paper and place ski in heat press. fig. G

11. Whentheepoxyhascured,remove the ski from the heat press and remove base patch and plastic film.

12. Reapplyepoxytotheaffectedarea.

13. Carefully insert piece of base material into cut-out area.

14. Cover affected area with mold release paper and place ski in heat press.

15. Whentheepoxyhascured,remove the ski from the heat press.

16. Grind base and edge locally.17. Plane patch area to obtain

proper geometry with base plane or file.

18. Repair any damage to top layer withamixtureofepoxyandcolorant.

19. Tuneandwaxtheski.

replacing edges

GF

DSA


S90190 Standard Salomon edges for all skis

MaterialS• screw(wood,1,5x15mm)• epoxy• epoxycolorantormethaneglue• moldreleasepaperorPEfilm• basepatchdie(KTTechnic)• cutter,ruler• scalemodeldrillingmachinewith

cutting disc• narrowscrewdriver• heatgun• woodchisel• repairpress200mmlength• baseplaneWintersteiger,file• beltgrinder• stonegrinder

alpine SKi

SPM 11 EN.indb 46 10/14/10 4:28 PM

Technical reference for the complete line of current Salomon alpine boots

47Boot

Standard Boot norMSStandard Boot Sole dimensions > iSo 5355

Boot Modification

in practical terms: The boot manufacturers who display one of the following markings: DIN,ISO,ÖN,UNIguaranteethattheyuse standard norms.

In the absence of any of these, check first with the boot manufacturer. These boots are designed for use with a pair of classic skis, and not with a mono-ski, snowboard or skiboard.

It is the skier’s own responsibility if (s)he chooses to take the additional risks.

When a pair of used boots is brought in, make sure that any worn parts are still within the norm.

RD

RC

DDCC

I8 ± 1

6 min.

E

RBRA

5 min.

7 ± 1

1,5 max. HH

AA

GG 40 min.40 min.

FF

A

B

A

B

(bottom view)(side view)

RD

RC

DDCC

I8 ± 1

6 min.

E

RBRA

5 min.

7 ± 1

1,5 max. HH

AA

GG 40 min.40 min.

FF

A

B

A

B

(bottom view)

(side view)

The Alpine boot soles are standardized and bindings are designed accordingly. The standard norm concerns not only the shape and dimensions as illustrated, but also the friction coeffi-cient of the area of the sole which is in contact with the anti-friction plate on the binding.

any performance or fit modification of a boot that could effect the function between the boot and binding should be inspected to verify that the boot meets Standard alpine Boot norms. Mechanical inspection is recommended after any such modification.

adult boot Junior boota 69±2 62±2B 70 65c 70 50

d* 100 (L < 300 mm) 80 (L < 240 mm)120 (L >= 300 mm) 90(L >= 240 mm)

e 5±1 3±1f 19±1 16.5±1.5g 30±2 25±2h 30±1 27.5±2i 4±1 3±1

ra 41.5±3.5 35±3rB 18±1.5 16±2rc 37±4 27±3rd 36.25±0.75 34.5±1

legend (measurements in mm)

*L = boot sole length

Boot heel

Boot toe

Photo:ChristofferSjostrom.Skier:KajZackrisson.

SPM 11 EN.indb 47 10/14/10 4:28 PM

standards & technIcal features > 48

last recap per concept

rental: intelligent color coding

Models 95 mm Last

98 mm Last

100 mm Last

102 mm Last

104 mm Last

106 mm Last

108 mm Last

X3 LAB •X3 / Instinct Custom ShellImpact / Idol Custom ShellMission RS / Divine RS •Mission / Divine •Charm •Quest •Focus • • •

color coding per concept SizeColor Code Black Green Yellow Orange Red Purple Blue

Boot Sole Lengths (mm) 260-273 274-288 289-304 305-318 319-334 335-348 349-384

Impact/Idol 22/22,5 267 mm

23/23,5 277 mm

24/24,5 287 mm

25/25,5 297 mm

26/26,5 307 mm

27/27,5 317 mm

28/28,5 327 mm

29/29,5 337 mm

30/30,5 347 mm

31/31,5 357 mm

Mission RS Divine RS 22/22,5 278 mm

23/23,5 278 mm

24/24,5 288 mm

25/25,5 298 mm

26/26,5 308 mm

27/27,5 318 mm

28/28,5 328 mm

29/29,5 338 mm

30/30,5 358 mm

31/31,5 358 mm

32/33,5 378 mm

Quest 22/22,5 278 mm

23/23,5 288 mm

24/24,5 298 mm

25/25,5 308 mm

26/26,5 318 mm

27/27,5 328 mm

28/28,5 338 mm

Focus RS/ RS W / Jp 22/22,5 267 mm

23/23,5 277 mm

24/24,5 287 mm

25/25,5 297 mm

26/26,5 307 mm

27/27,5 317 mm

28/28,5 327 mm

29/29,5 337 mm

30/30,5 357 mm

31/31,5 357 mm

Mission/Divine 22/22,5 268 mm

23/23,5 278 mm

24/24,5 288 mm

25/25,5 298 mm

26/26,5 307 mm

27/27,5 317 mm

28/28,5 328 mm

29/29,5 339 mm

30/30,5 350 mm

31/31,5 360 mm

Symbio 22/22,5 263 mm

23/23,5 275 mm

24/24,5 284 mm

25/25,5 296 mm

26/26,5 306 mm

27/27,5 317 mm

28/28,5 326 mm

29/29,5 336 mm

30/30,5 345 mm

Focus GT Warning! 1 shell length for 2 sizes

22 277 mm

23 277 mm

24 297 mm

25 297 mm

26 317 mm

27 317 mm

28 337 mm

29 337 mm

30 357 mm

31 357 mm

SArental : global solution provider. available on all Salomon rental boots.

Color coding on the boots (fig. A) matches the Synchro Center toe piece markings (fig. S).

Boot sole lengths

ModelSMondopoint SiZeS

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22.5

23 23.5

24 24.5

25 25.5

26 26.5

27 27.5

28 28.5

29 29.5

30 30.5

31 31.5

32 32.5

33 33.5

X3 laB 275 285 295 305 315 325X3 rc cS / X3 10 cS / X3 cS / ghoSt / Shogun / poiSon / X3 Jr pro / X3 Jr

265 274 285 295 305 315 326 336

MiSSion rS / diVine rS 268 278 288 298 308 318 328 338 358 358 378 378MiSSion / diVine 268 277 288 298 307 317 328 339 350 360pro Model/Kaïd/Keira/KaoS/Kreation 267 277 287 297 307 317 327 337

iMpact / idol / iMpact Jr 267 277 287 297 307 317 327 337 347 357charM 265 274 286 295 307focuS 267 277 287 297 307 317 327 337 357 357focuS gt 277 277 297 297 317 317 337 337 357 357X3 60 240 240 247 257 267 277 287 295 307t3 266 276 285 296 306t2 / team 240 240 247 259t1 208 208 223 223perforMa / irony 267 277 287 298 307 319 329 339 349 359 380 380SyMBio rental 263 275 284 296 306 317 326 336 345

technical featureS

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 48 10/14/10 4:28 PM

salomon foot measurer > 49

SaloMon foot MeaSurer

1. Have your customer take off his/her shoes and make sure that he/she is wearing appropri-ate ski socks (size and thick-ness).

2. With your customer stand-ing up, legs parallel and knees slightly bent, make sure his/her heels and medial side of both feet are touching the sides of the measurer.

3. Slowly move the length guide fig. A until it touches the tip of one foot.

iMportant: When you are moving the black transversal length guide, make sure you don’t put any pressure on the toes when measuring the foot. All you need to do is to barely touch the end of the longest toe. Too much pressure on the toes could lead to errors in reading by a few millimeters.

4. Read the size written vertically where the red line is in the win-dow. fig. S

ForMondopoint,youhavetotakethe width into account in the fol-lowing manner: if the length of the foot measured is situated in this zone, this means the foot measures between 260 mm and

269mm.Then,tochoosebetween26.0 and 26.5, you must look at the width scale fig. D (in this case, make it correspond to the maximumfootwidthwithsize26).

A foot that measures 261 mm would fit in size 26.5 (wide foot), whereas a foot that measures 268 mm can fit in size 26.0 (narrow foot). fig. F

note: The increases in Mondopoint sizes represented by two triangles in a rectangle is made to remind you that the boot sole lengths change at the whole sizes, not the half sizes.

remember that the size indicated on the measurer should be used to help the dealer orient the customer towards the proper size.The final choice as to the appropri-ate size should be left to the cus-tomer depending on whether he/she prefers a snug fit or not.

In principle, a technical skier who appreciates a snug fit will choose the size indicated on the measurer, while a ‘recreational’ skier will prefer a roomier fit and will choose one size higher.

procedure

Maintenance recommendationsUseadampclothtocleanthemeasurer.Itisprohibitedtousechemicalagents, hot water, pressurized water, gasoline, alcohol, detergents, sol-vents or aerosols, which could permanently damage the plastic materials and erase the marks.

the new Salomon SidaS MeasurerThis measurer allows measures of:• Length:realMondopoint/frenchsizes/UKsizes/USsizes• Floatingwidthinmmwiththeintegrationofthecos18factortoextrapolatethelengthfirsthead/fifthhead.

• Precision:+/-3mm• Nocare

Salomon developed a foot mea sur er that will help you provide better cus-tomer service by being able to rec-ommend the size that cor re sponds to the dimensions (length and width) of the skier’s feet. however, using the measurer can never re-place trying on a boot.

The volume fit can be measured in two dimensions. The morphology of the foot and physical sensitivity of each individual, according to his/her sports activities and level (comfort/ performance ratio), are also deter-mining factors in the choice of size.

The Salomon measurer can be used for all Salomon footwear products

(Alpine, X-C, Hiking, In-line skates, Snowboard) and takes into account the two fundamental dimensions of both feet.› The length (main measure ment) :

it can be read directly on 5 inter-nationalsizescales(USmen’s/USwomen’s/UK/EUR/Mondopoint).

› The width in direct correlation with the length measured. The width measurement is partic u larly useful to refine the mea sure ment in Mondopoint because it orients the customer towards the .0 sizes (narrow feet) or .5 sizes (wide feet).

Warning

Warning, procedure, and recommendations

AS

D

F

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 49 10/14/10 4:28 PM

advanced fIt > 50

internal layer for foot hold: Forwarmthandcomfort- Polyurethane(PU),opencellfoam

envelopment, breathability, comfort

HighdensityCustomFitfoamforsupe-rior envelopment.

Middle layer: Forfootenvelopmentand power transmission- ThermoformablePE(CustomFit)orself-moldingPU(Autofit)orpre-formedPE(ThermicFit) suppleness

Transmission foam coming from the Neoprene family for quick reactions.

external layer for contact with the shell: Forpressuredistributionandthermal insulation- Polyethylene, closed cell foam: insu-

lation, warmth, lightness, better fit- PVC(Thermic+Rental):protection,

ruggedness, durability- Sensifit cuff construction for envel-

opment of the leg- Suppleexteriorforcontactwiththe

shell and foot envelopment- Anatomical tongue

adVanced fit technology liner

My customfit World cup: Best performance. Extralowvolume Compact Race liner (3 layers). Specific World Cup tongue allowing shock absorbing.My customfit race: Best performance. Low volume Compact Race liner (3 layers). Rigid sole.My customfit performance: Better comfort on the heel, metas & sole without altering perfor-mance. Two layers liner: thermo-formablefoam80%onallsensitiveareas(heel+metas+sole).

My customfit Sport: Better cus-tomization of the tibia and ankles. One layer liner: thermoformable foam70%onoriginalareas.My customfit comfort: Better tibial customization. One layer liner: thermoformablefoam60%onbasicarea (tongue).

liner Models

thermoforming

Women’s specific features

external layerMiddle layer

internal layer

DF

A

S

Women’s liner with anatomic tongues made of highly moldable foams for better shin and instep comfort in sensitive foot zones.A Sliding band

Helps the heel slide in.S Specific tongue

AutofitandCustomFitfoamsforbetter shin and forefoot comfort.

D My customfit performance ForatotalCustomFit.

F polar fleece and/or fur Forefootwarmth.

G therm-ic™

technical description

layer construction

new customfit generation

old customfit generation

Xfit and Biovent

course cf pro / customfit pro: CustomFittechnology+bi-materialtechnology. 100%footholdand contact with the shell. Due to a specific 3 layer performance construction.3d customfit / customfit: Comfort, warmth and ‘customized’ envelopment. Thermoformable foams allow the liner to take on the shape of the foot after a heating procedure is performed with a special machine designed by Salomon.+Thermoformableinsole(3DCustomFit)autocf: Automoulding foam in the footenvelopmentforexceptionalcomfort.CustomFittongueforabetter tibial customization.

autofit: Comfort, warmth, insulation and personalized foot envelopment. Self-molding foams allow the liner to take on the shape of the foot allowing anatomical adaptation of the foot’s sensitive areas: the tibia, ankle, forefoot and anklebones.thermicfit: Comfort and warmth- Pre-formed zones protect the tibia

and the forefoot.- A pleasure to slip into due to its

construction and materials.

Xfit active: A comfortable, single layer constructed thermo moldable liner with customizable tongue area for shin comfort and a wide ankle area, positioned at the back of the leg, for heel lock.Xfit advanced: A comfortable, single layer constructed thermo moldable liner with customizable tongue area for shin comfort. The wide ankle area positioned at the back of the leg and metas covers all the critical foot comfort zones.Xfit comfort: A comfortable, single layer constructed thermo moldable liner with a customizable tongue area for shin and ankle comfort.

Biovent: The very first breathable liner in a ski boot to keep feet warm all day. This technology helps regulate body temperature thanks to a multilayer construction inspired from apparel.

S

D

H

GA

FJ

thermoformable zones:A Straight and anatomical

tongue- A thermoformable internal side

that provides precision and comfort.

- Anexternalsidethatismorerigid on the tibia and more sup-pleintheflexareaforexcellentpressure distribution without hinderingflex.

S opened ankle area Foridealmorphologicaladapta-

tion regardless of the size and shape of the bones.

non-thermoformable zones:D asymmetrical and rigid cuff Distributes pressure for instan-

ta neous transmission of efforts.

F Watertight gussetG Specific cuts for women and

men to avoid pressure points on the lower calf.

H More supple zones allow for easyentry/exitoftheboot.

J forefoot – The space in front of the metatarsal is not ther-mo formable, which allows the toes to move freely.

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 50 10/14/10 4:28 PM

advanced fIt > 51

adVanced fit technology liner > (continued)

thermoforming machine > procedure

SA

FD

1. Remove the machine from its boxandplaceitonaflatsur-face.Verifythatthevoltageused is the same as indicated on the machine.

2. Lift the hood.

3. Lift the nozzles using the han-dles provided.

4. Close the boot’s buckles and slide the boots onto the noz-zles. Make sure that the top edge of the boot touches the obturator.

important: any insoles used other than the ones received in the boots at the time of purchase should be removed before the heating procedure begins. re-install them after heating to mold the liners.

5. After having read and under-stood the machine’s instruc-tions, especially those on safety, you can now plug the machine in.

Set the timer for 15 mins.

Warning: Foroptimalresults,itisimportant that:- the heating process lasts 15minutes.Usingthemachinefor more than 15 mins can dam-age the liner.

- operate the machine with both boots in place.

putting the boot on1. When thermoforming, you

should only use ski socks that have the following character-istics:

- socks that go higher than the top of the boot,

- socks with at least 45% wool.

Wearing normal, low-cut socks could cause skin reactions to the heating process.

2. Remove the boots from the ma-chine.

3. Close the hood.4. The machine is now available

for thermoforming another pair of boots.

5. Open the boot buckles.6. The boots must be put on im-

mediately following the end of the 15 min heating cycle.

if you feel any discomfort whatsoever when stepping-in, take your boots off immedi-ately.

7. Close the buckles with medium pressure, not too tight. fig. D

8. Close the strap more firmly.9. Taptheheelonthefloorto

make a good impression of the Achilles’ heel. fig. F

10. Wait 10 min in a standing posi-tion.

11. Remove the boots.

practical advice› Salomon recommends that no CustomFitlinerbethermoformedmore than three times.

› To optimize the results of the thermoforming process, it is recommended that you make severalflexmovementsduring

the 10 minute cooling process to simulate the anklebone move-ments when skiing. fig. G

› It is recommended to wait 1/2 hour before skiing with the boots, to allow for complete sta-bilization of the thermoformed liner.

drying with a machine

WhendryingtheCustomFitlinerswith a drying machine, it is im-portant to respect the drying time recommended by the manufacturer and that the temperature not ex-ceed 40°c.

Before using the machine for the first time, return the guarrantee card to your Customer Service Representative.Followtheinstructionsforthethermoformingmachinecloselyandpayparticularattentionto the rules on safety.

To guarantee good thermoforming, we have adapted a thermal sensor to our machines. If something is abnormal during the heating process, the machine will work alternately. If this is the case, contact the cus-tomer service in your country. Do not take the machine apart.

this machine is for exclusive use with Salomon cuStoMfit liners. any other use is forbidden.

preparing for use (fig. A-S)

Starting the machine

G

WarningSalomon customfit liners should only be heated for molding using the Salomon customfit Machine. any other unit may cause injury by overheating.

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 51 10/14/10 4:28 PM

advanced fIt > 52

cuStoM Shell technologycustom Shell thermal forming

S

H

F

K

:

A

G

D

J

L

We recommend the use of the Sidas bootfitting oven fig. A. Make sure the customer uses only ski socks which go higher than the top of the boot.1. Remove liners from shells.2. Put the shells in the oven with

buckles open fig. S.

3. Close the door and start the machine, set the timer for 10 minutes. Warning: Make sure to wear insulated gloves when removing boot shells. Do not allow customers to touch the boot, avoiding possible burns.

4. Switch off the oven and remove the shells.

5. Put liners back in.6. Help the customer to step in fig. D.

7. Close the boots with minimum tightening (first tooth of the buckle) and make sure the forefoot shell seals stay in the right position. Warning: Ask your customer to stand still. Avoid bending or walking with warmed shells.

8. Make sure the shell has been fully deformed before starting the cooling process. (It takes approximately2min).

9. Cooltheboots:incoldwaterfor6minutes (level of water: above the seal) fig. F. Warning: Water level should not be higher than forefoot shell seals to avoid getting liners wet.

- with cold packs for 6 minutes fig. G.

- in snow for 6 minutes fig. H. - naturally for 20 minutes fig. J.10. Take boots off, the Custom Shell

boot is ready.

You can use your regular heating tools though they would be less practical than the oven: •heatingelementsfig. K. •gunfig. L. •boilingwaterfig. :.

Warning: Kaprolene™hasbeencreatedto be deformed by the foot’s natural pressure. Be very careful if you need to use a pushing machine on the Kaprolene™areasandNEVERpushonthesidesareaswhereKaprolene™meetsthePUshell.

recommendations for experienced Bootfitters

AnewpatentedKaprolene™materialhasbeeninsertedontheshellofthebootnearthemetatarsalarea.Simply heat the shell, step in and allow the shell to form to the contours of the feet. This personalized fit gives unprecedented precision for improved on snow performance.

customization procedure

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 52 10/14/10 4:28 PM

cuStoM Shell technology > (continued)

advanced fIt > 53

can the shell change forms sev-eral times? As many times as you want! The wider the foot, the more theshellwillexpand.Butitwon’tcome back…

from what foot width will the custom Shell be useful? In size 26, from last 100 or 102 mm, the customer will feel a real difference. The Custom Shell is also useful for thinner feet in order to reposition the foot even if the change is not measurable on the shell.

What is the maximum width the shell can expand to? Upto6mmwith the push of the foot only.

What is the advantage compared to normal bootfitting? Here, it is the foot which changes the shell, there is no more risk of misinter-pretation, the precision is perfect. Also, this process saves time (30 min. to do everything & the cus-tomer leaves with his/her boots) and an easier manipulation (every KOTFcandoit).

Should the custom soles be done before or after? Mold the soles before. The customer should then step in the warmed Custom Shell with the insoles.

Should other areas of the shell be changed before or after? A modi-fication of the metatarsus’s area can affect the positioning of the foot.First,theCustomShellshouldbe complete. Then, the areas of the toes, ankles, and navicular bone... can be changed as usual, though avoid pushing on the borders of the Custom Shell insert.

can i push in the custom Shell area with my bootfitting ma-chine? Yes, but it is not recom-mended. Since the Custom Shell material has not been created to resist to a push that is superior the feet’s push, avoid the side areas of the insert.

does the plastic retract the same as normal boots when cooled? Yes, but two times less than nor-malplastic:approximately25%after the boots have been taken out (a shell pushed out 4mm could come back to 3 mm).

What is the benefit of custom Shell versus the custom fit? Should you do it before or after? The work done on the shell must be done before. This will solve problems and last over time. The molding of the liner must be done after in order to put the finishing touches on the fit.

how do i know when the plastic is warm enough? It is the same process as usual when done with a manual test.

What is the ideal temperature to form the custom Shell? 80°C at core of the plastic.

how many years of r&d did it take to develop the custom Shell technology? 3 years.

Which is the impact of the new material on the performance of the boot? There is no effect be-cause the material has the same PUbaseasanormalboot.Theboothasexactlythesamebehavioron snow. On the other hand, once a boot is fit with the Custom Shell, precision is increased.

if a customer wants an injected liner, should it be done before or after? In general, injection is done before work on the shell.

i usually put normal boots in the oven, how is custom Shell differ-ent? The normal plastic is going to change very little and comes back to the original position more often. The deformation is thus quite low.

Why is custom Shell not used in World cup? In World Cup races, one person is dedicated to each racer;everythingisdonebyhandand each pair is adapted to each discipline. Then you could say having Custom Shell is like having your own race technician!

custom Shell faQ

1. Put on the client’s boots at room temperature. The client must have the sensation of tightness in the shell.

2. Identify possible painful areas (pressure points)

3. Protect those areas by applying cut foam pads (not included) directly on the foot, not the sock.- Be careful not to take off or

move the pads when putting the socks back on.

4. Put the Thermolight liner with-out insoles in the custom Shell oven for 10 minutes at 100°C max(preferablypre-heated)

5. At the end of 10 minutes, add insoles (original, custom or orthopedic) in the liner and put them into the shell.- Take care to insert the right

liner in right shell and vice versa (the liners aren’t marked but differentiated only by the shape of the sole!)

advice: prepare one foot at a time (preserve the liner not yet fitted in the oven)

6. Put on the client, taking care to push the client’s heel all the way down to the liner to cor-rectly set the heel on the bot-tom and thus avoid creating bends.

7. Tighten the Quick Lace8. Fastentheshellstartingwith

the forefoot buckle and making sure to lock the backbone in the action position.

9. Provideaclampingadaptedtothe morphology of the foot:- Strong (2nd, 3rd and 4th

tooth) for a wide foot- Low (1st, 2nd and 3rd tooth)

for a thiner foot repeat the same operation for

the second liner10. Cool down 15 minutes at room

temperature and in a natural standingposition,withoutex-aggerating the bending on the front.

thermolight Quest pro pebax liner formatting > procedure

note: SalomondoesnotrecommendtheuseoftheCustomFitmachine(oranyothersimilarmachine)be-cause it does not allow an acceptable and effective Thermolight liner process.

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 53 10/14/10 4:28 PM

Boot technologIes > 54

SaloMon Boot technologieScanting adjustment (With lock)

The Canting is integrated into the shell for reliable transmission and protection. It allows alignment of the cuff to the skier’s lower leg shape.- The factory preset position for the cantingis+2,5°

- First,loosentheinternalandexternalCantingLockwiththeHexagonalKeyn°5.

- Toadjustinwardsto+1,5°(a knock kneed stance), turn the externaladjusterone-halfturn.*

- Toadjustexternallyto+3,5°(a bow legged stance), turn the internal adjuster one-half turn.*

- Re-tighten the canting lock.

*note: Never turn both the internal andexternaladjustmentsasthiswillraise the whole cuff without adjusting the canting.

+1.5 +3.5

+2.5

3d Buckle adjustment

The 3D buckle adjustment allows the position of the instep buckle to be changed for personalised foot hold:- Unscrewthebucklewitha3mmHexagonalKey.

- Position the buckle over the plastic lug on the shell.

- Re-tighten in the alternate position.

auto 3d Buckle adjustment

Without using any tools, the Auto 3D buckle adjustment modifies the position of the instep and/or lower leg buckle to personalize foothold:

- Lift the buckle up a- Hold the lock down b- Move the buckle to the desired

position c- Release the lock d

dc

ba

Buckle teeth adjustmentOffers a greater range of lower legadjustment(+/-20mm):- Loosen the screw with a 3 mmHexagonalKey.

- Re-tighten the screw and buckle teeth in the new position.

321

Walkadin padsWalking is easy and safe, skiing is compatible with alpine DIN standards.

tool free catches adjustmentUppercatchesarealsoadjustable,withorwithouttools,toadaptthe volume of the upper cuff to your calves.

- To move upper catches, turn them90°,movethemlaterally(+15mm),thenplacethemback to their horizontal posi-tion.

- To move lower catches, loosen the screw with a 3mm Allen wrench, position the catches in the desired posi-tion(+/-20mm)andtightenthe screw.

extended lever Buckles

Extendedleverbuckles require 30%lesseffortwhen closing.

Micro Buckle adjustment

Finetunethebuckleclosurebyturningthepartthatgripsthebuckleteeth.

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 54 10/14/10 4:28 PM

ghost/pro Model

Boot concePts > ghost/sPk & ImPact > 55

Boot conceptS

technical deScription – ghoSt & pro Model Loop to tongue Shin pillow Quicklace Wide strap Leather finishing

SCS (Salomon Cushioning System)

Walkable sole 2 densities heel

cushioning system

PUlowershellandPPcuff

Micro alu overshaped buckles

Extrapaddedspoiler

MyCFPROlinerwithfauxfur

Nailed strap Insole rubber grip Absorbing footboard

PUlowershell Double dismountable

canting Backbone Cuff hytrel by Dupont

MyCustomFitPerformance liner

Custom shell

3

A

4

12

5

6

7

9

8

10

11

12

3

A

13

1

17

19

18

16

10

20

1415 21

X3 / X3 laB

technical deScription – X3 laBWorld Cup Advanced Shell technologyWorld Cup shellLast95RacingKit

Pu either lower shell and cuff

Flex120 or 130 MyCustomFitWorld

Cup liner

World Cup claw strap 45mm

Back bone Double dismantable

canting

adjustments and personalizationWorld cup claw strap- Increases cuff fastening: a more

powerful fastening for a better en-velopment than a traditional strap.

- More reliable: it can’t open while flexingtheboot(bothbeforeandduring the curve).

Back bone- Increases the junction between

cuff & shell for flex management in a forward position: entering the curve, increasing power on skis.

- Provide support and power to skiers in a rear position while getting out of the curve (rebound effect): the more powerful the re-bound the more back support you need to control your skis.

5

D

A

6

4

2

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 55 10/14/10 4:28 PM

X3 cS / instinct cS / X3 rc cS / X3 10 cS / X3 Jr pro / X3 Jr

Boot conceptS > (continued)

technical deScription – X3 Jr pro World Cup advanced

shell technology MyCFProliner Sensifit™linerwings. Lower shell and cuff

Energyzer

Canting adjustment. 360° 35mm strap 3D buckle. Adjustable buckle

teeth

Micro adjustable buckle

technical deScription – X3 rc cSRacingKit Flex130

World Cup advanced shell technology

MyCFRaceSensitiveliner.

Sensifit™linerwings.

Lower shell and cuff Energyzer

Canting adjustment. Canting Lock. World Cup claw

strap. 3D buckle.

Custom Sole Adjustable buckle

teeth Micro adjustable

buckle Custom Shell Backbone

concePts > falcon/InstInct/gun/scarlet > 56

4

D

H

K

J

G

2

46

13

11

9

D

J

:

K

G

1 1

2

race KitShin plate (fig. A)

Usedtoreinforcetheforwardsupportandstiffenstheflex.Theheightandlateralposition are adjustable.- Choose the forward or internal position

and use a 5,5 mm drill bit to drill the 1st hole in the cuff where marked (the shin plate is marked by a cross inside the cuff of the boot).

- Choose the desired height and attach the plate using the “T” insert and bolts pro-vided.

- Align the plate correctly and use as a guide to drill the 2nd hole and attach as shown.

rear spoiler (fig. S)The rear spoiler (from the performance kit) increases rear support (with 3 height settings)andforwardleanby+2°.- Choose the desired height and attach

using the screw provided, in the pre-drilled hole.

delta h lift (fig. D)The 4 mm heel lift (from the performance kit) can be used to improve instep/heel hold and put the skiers weight forward for faster initiation. Remove the liner and position the wedge in the hole provided in the rear of the Custom Sole.

Softening the BootEveniftheflexismoreprogressivethanwith tradtional racing boots, it can be soften further more:

reversible Method: Remove the cant-inglockscrews.Thisreducestheflexby5-10%.PlacetheplugsfromtheRacingkit into the screw holes on the outer cuff.

non reversible Method: This involves cuttingthe‘V’inthetoprearofthelowershell and should be performed by your specialized Salomon dealer.

S

adjustments and personalization

D

A

additional featureScustom Sole StandardBuckle teeth adjustmentMicro Buckle adjustment3d Buckle adjustmentcanting adjustment54 Salomon Boot Technologies60 Performance Accessories

12

L

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 56 10/14/10 4:28 PM


Boot concePts > mIssIon & dIvIne > 57

Mission rS / divine rS

Mission / divine

technical deScription – MiSSion 12 Loop on tongue Wide strap Tool free catch

adjustment

Spaceframe shell profile second skin last and shell

Pads Canting

Micro adjustable buckles

MyCustomFitProliner Biovent Dismantableflexrivet

technical deScription – MiSSion 6 Sensifit liner wings Strap Tool free catch

adjustment 3D sensifit

Pads Wings sole

technology Micro adjustable

buckle

Removable spoiler XFitFusion

Advanced liner

additional featureStool free catches adjustmenttwo extended lever BucklesMicro Buckle adjustment54 Salomon Boot Technologies60 Performance Accessories



for a perfect fit

Sensifit™ fig. A

A soft material over the instep for improved envelopment and easier step-in.

adjustable Women spoiler fig. S- To move the spoiler, turn the

screw 180° with a 5mm Allen wrench.

Biovent liner

The very first breathable liner in a ski boot to keep feet warm all day. This technology helps regu-late body temperature thanks to a multilayer construction inspired from apparel.

romavable rear SpoilerYou remove it by clipping

7

A

S

D

F

98

H G5

A S

additional featureStool free catches adjustmenttwo extended lever Bucklescanting adjustmentMicro Buckle adjustment54 Salomon Boot Technologies60 Performance Accessories

7

9

D

8

F G5

H

1

2

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 57 10/14/10 4:28 PM

A

adjustments and personalization > procedure

D F

SKiWalK

S

charm


Boot concePts > ImPact & charm > 58

technical deScription – charM 7 Wide strap Tool free catch

adjustment Walkadin pads

Ski/walk position Micro adjustable

buckle Warmest liner

Thermic prepared Auto calf adjustment

adjustable rear spoiler fig. ACustomize the rear support to suit the shape and size of your leg and increase the rear support:- Loosen the screw with a 5mm

Allen wrench.- Choose the height (The higher

the spoiler the stronger the rear support).

- Tighten the screw.

oversize Sensifit™ fig. STheOversizeSensifit™,designedwith supple material, offers easy entry/exitandanoptimumlevelof comfort.

Ski/Walk adjustment fig. D Theeasy-to-useSKI/WALKbut-tonreleasesthecuffforrelaxingand easy walking. (Push the button downfortheWALKposition)

Step in strap fig. FThe Step-in strap offers the possi-bility to put the boot on effortlessly, with only one hand.

additional featureSWalkadin padsBuckle teeth adjustmentMicro Buckle adjustment54 Salomon Boot Technologies60 Performance Accessories

6

4

A

S

3

5

7

8

imapct / idol

technical deScription – iMpact 10 cS Sensifit liner wings Wide strap Adjustable buckle

teeth 3D articulated buckle Walkadin pads

Spaceframe shell profile second skin last and shell

Lower shell and cuff energyzer

Canting

Canting lock Micro adjustable

buckle MyCFPro Custom Shell


for a perfect fit

Sensifit™ (fig. A)A soft material over the instep for improved envelopment and easier step-in.

for a preciSe tranSMiSSion

adjustable rear Spoiler (fig. S)Customisation of the rear support to suit the shape and size of the skier’s leg and increase the rear support:- Loosen the screw with a 5 mm HexagonalKey,

- Choose the height (the higher the spoiler, the stronger the rear sup-port),

- Tighten the screw.

A S

additional featureSWalkadin padsBuckle teeth adjustment3d Buckle adjustmentMicro Buckle adjustmentcanting adjustment54 Salomon Boot Technologies60 Performance Accessories

7

9

S

D

F

H G5

A

8

10

12

11

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 58 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Quest 12/Quest pro pebax

a unique & patented ride & hike technology

new Body positioning

technical deScription – QueSt 12 & QueSt pro peBaX Last 100 Cushioning system

(tongue and heel pad) Magnesium backbone

Ride & Hike body postioning

Alpine Touring pads

Contagripextendedrubber sole

MyCustomFitProliner+Biovent

Forwardpressureplate

Quicklace kit Racing spoiler

Touring Pads Quicklace Ultralight

Thermoformable liner

Waterproof gusset Pebaxlowershell Polylight cuff

8

9 12

2

14

7 13

4 4

3 3

10

16

65 11

15

1 1


alpine Back Support Management

The magnesium backbone, tech-nology from the X3 LAB (fig. A), provides strong back support, power transmission and progres-siveforwardflexmanagementwhen skiing down (fig. S).

forward lean (fig. G)

Quest 12 boots offer 15.1° forward lean,whileQuestProPebaxoffers13.5° forward lean. The result is better balance in powder and track up snow.

cuff opening (fig. H)

Quest 12 boots have a 30° cuff opening, offering easier hiking due to a more natural leg positioning and a wide cuff opening on the back when walking.

alpine forward flex Management

Thespecificinnershell(Vcut-out)(fig. D) guarantees a wide cuff opening when hiking or walking (fig. F). Combined with the inside part of the magnesium backbone,

contributes to back support and progressiveforwardflex.

15.1°30°

S

F

H

A

D

G

Boot concePts > Quest > 59Boot concePts > Quest > 59Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 59 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Boot concePts > Quest > 60

Quest 12/Quest pro pebax (continued)


ultralight skin shell (fig. A)

Second skin shell.

Women specificities• PPWomencuff• Womenlightbackcalf• Specificliner:myCustomfit

Comfort liner.

contagrip extended rubber shell (fig. S)

Contagrip®extendedrubbersole.

Waterproof gusset to guarantee a perfect waterproof-ness.

upper Buckle Walk position hook: Forabetterwalkposition,you can catch the upper buckle in the first position (red one) (fig. D)

adaptable leash: if needed, you can add a leash on your boots. A specific buckle has been added on the forefoot zone (fig. F)

Mountain pros

Boot concepts

Quicklace replacement Kit

interchangeable Sole pads• SwitchfromDIN(Alpine)totouringpads• Easytoremove&fullycompatiblewithallthestan-

dard compliant bindings on the market• Contagrip®materialwithdeepstudsforaperfect

arch grip in all walking conditions

If you change the pads, you have to use bindings associated with the appropriate standard: ISO 5355 (alpinestandard)orISO9523(touringstandard).

ultralight thermoformable liner• 280g(forasize26,5boot)• Heatmoldableforaperfectfoothold

additional featureStool free catches adjustmentrear Spoiler54 Salomon Boot Technologies60 Performance Accessories

S FA D

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 60 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Boot concePts > Quest > 61

S

S

H

H

F

F

A

A

G

G

D

D

Strap replacement1. Remove the rear Perf hold to access rivets (fig. A)2. Drill rivets with a Ø 5.2 drill (fig. S)3. Assemblenewstrap+platewithinsertsandscrewsM4(fig. D-G)4. Attach the rear Perf hold (fig. H)

Backbone replacement

Mounting kit (fig. A)1. Removethedamagedaxisbycuttingofftherevetingpart(fig. S)2. Place the 2 springs in their cavities (fig. D)3. Do not forget to put the steel pin before screw and nut (fig. F)4. Mount the new backbone (fig. G)

remove the cover and toe buckle teeth1. Drill toe buckle teeth rivets with Ø 5.2 drill (fig. A)2. Drill cover rivets with Ø 5.2 drill (fig. S)

reassemble the new cover + fuel racks3. Drillthebuckleteethshell+coverØ5.4toputtheM4insert(fig. D-F)

attach the cover and the buckle teeth with insert with M4 screw4. The insert must be flush with buckle teeth mounted on cover (fig. G)5. Mount the cover buckle teeth with M4 screws (fig. H)

procedure > Strap replacement

procedure > cover replacement

procedure > Backbone replacement

S FA

G

D

Quest 12/Quest pro pebax (continued)


Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 61 10/14/10 4:29 PM


Boot concePts > symBIo > 62

replacing the lower leg buckle tooth insert1. Remove the liner and open the

cuff completely.2. Drill the rivet inside the shell.3. Remove the damaged buckle

tooth insert and its rivet.4. Put a new buckle tooth insert in

place and proceed as follows : using a t-nut

a. Place the threaded insert in the rivet hole on the inside of the boot.

b. Put the buckle into place and install the screw tightly. The prongs on the threaded insert should be completely imbed-ded into the cuff material.

c. Loosen the screw.d. Put the washer into place.

This will prevent the tip of the screw from going too far.

e. Tighten completely. using a rivet. Usearivetonthe

outside and a washer inside and proceed with riveting.

replacing the buckle and/or fore-foot buckle teeth1. Remove the liner.2. Drill the rivets in the buckle or

the damaged buckle teeth.3. Remove the damaged buckle or

the buckle teeth and the rivet. Save the washer.

4. Put in a new buckle or buckle teeth and attach with a rivet or T-nut.

using a rivet. Useanewrivetand the original washer and pro-ceed with riveting.

using a t-nut. Put the threaded insert into the rivet hole from the inside of the boot. Put the buckle in place and tighten completely. The prongs on the threaded in-sert should be completely im-bedded in the material.

to remove the linerTurn the clip on the inside of the liner 1/4 turn with a screwdriver.

repairs > procedure

SyMBio 440 Plastic buckles PUShell Replaceable toe and heel pads

Adjustable lower leg lever Thermic liner Bar code integrated to the liner


A

lower leg adjustmentIt is possible to change the lower leg adjustment according to the morphology of the skier’s lower leg.

› adjusting the lower leg cable- Place the lower leg cable in the

desired setting of the buckle teeth on the medial side of the boot. (fig. A)

Longer or shorter cables are avail-able from the spare parts catalog (page 70) to adapt to all shapes and sizes.

Symbio™ rental Model6

4

1

3 32

5

additional featureS60 Performance Accessories

focus

technical deScription – focuS rSPUmaterialstopreventscratchesAluminium buckles for lastingLiner: mesh tested and chosen to ensure long lasting comfort. Biovent: less time needed to dry liner on the shelves

Soles: build to last and to avoid folding with texturedeffect(Salomonpatented)Kit

Oversize tool free catch

2 buckle fastening My AutoCustomShel liner+Biovent

Articulated sensift for step-in

Auto Custom Shell technology

Rental plate for barcode

adjustments and personalizationauto custom Shell: comfort solution technology

• DirectlyderivedfromourCustomShell technology

• AutoCustomShellis100%comfort oriented, providing comfort benefits with no process

• Lastevolutionfrom104to108• InsertarederivatedfromPU,

same durability

A

FS

6

3

5

Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 62 10/14/10 4:29 PM

foot anatoMy and fit

distortion of foot when weighted

a. posterior tarsus1. Calcaneus2. Talus (Astragalus)3. Trochlear surface

B. anterior tarsus4. Navicular bone (Tarsal

Scaphoid)5. Cuboid bone6. 3 cuneiform bones

c. Metatarsus7. 5 metatarsal bones

d. toes8. 14 phalanges

notions of anatomyA basic knowledge of anatomy of the foot is essential if you are going to understand and solve your custom-ers’ problems and needs since each foot is unique.

Normal knees. Varus knees. Valgus knees.

types of legs

Some people naturally have varus or valgus knees. The boot cuff follows the profile of the leg. Therefore, the boot sole forms an angle with the ground (i.e.: the ski is not flat).

The ski boots can be adapted to the shape of the leg by canting the cuff.

The canting adjustment by canting the cuff allows the boot to follow the morphology of the leg to keep skis flat

the bones of the foot

When the foot is weighted (standing position), it can change in size:- lengthwise, it can get 5 mm longer,- widthwise, it can get 12 mm wider.

Whenthefootisflexed,wenotice:- the circumference of the ankle in-

creases about 2 mm,

- theaxisbetweenthetalus(as-tragalus) and calcaneus becomes off-centered which increases the surface area at the base of the foot.

Therefore, to be accurate, feet should be measured when the person is standing with his/her weight distrib-uted on both feet and knees slightly flexed.

types of feetA deeper analysis of the customer’s feet (fig. F) is necessary to observe the possible deformations that can become problem areas. Salomon has parts (page 70) at your disposal that will help you to easily adapt the boots to these deformations.

high arches:The skier needs an arch support that can relieve pressure on ‘over-loaded’ areas.

Arch supports can be attached to the footboards. (fig. G)

Supinated or pronated feet:This is the deviation of the foot’s verticalaxistowardsthemedialorlateral side, which can lead to prob-lems in the areas of the anklebones, navicular bone or talus.

To adapt to this deviation of the foot, it is possible to place wedges directly on the footboard.

However, this wedge should only be used if the lateral articulation under the ankle bone is mobile. (fig. H)

high instep:Youcangrindthefootboard(Falconand X Wave) to increase the vol-ume. This sole is realized in grind-ablePUfoam.Toincreasethevolume of the boot or to change the position of the foot.

Caution, grind on the top surface only. Grinding the base will effect the interface with the Chassis. A depth gauge is marked front and back for even grinding. (fig. J)

low instep:The height and inclination of the footboard can be modified by adding:- heel lifts (fig. K)

G H

J K

Pronated Normal Supinated flat foot foot high-arched foot

F

foot anatomy & fIt > notIons of anatomy > 63Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 63 10/14/10 4:29 PM

foot anatoMy and fit > Recommendations (continued)

* caution: Thebootswhoselowershellsaren’tmadeofPolyurethane(PU)mustnotbestretchedwithheat(thereisariskofdamagingthematerial).

recommendations & performance accessoriesThe modifications that can be made on the Salomon boots should be considered as the ‘final touch’ of personalization.

Before undertaking this type of operation, it is important to observe certain basic rules:

- Always proceed step by step, starting with temporary measures before going on to permanent changes.

- If you decide to proceed with the permanent modifications as a last resort, they are entirely your responsibility.

They require the proper tools and should be undertaken only for big problemsandbyexperiencedspe-cialists.Forexample:- Stretching the shell.- Grinding the liner (not recom-

mended for manufactured liners).- Grinding the shell.

important: Boots whose lower shell material is not made of Polyurethane(PU),shouldnotbeheated (risk of damaging the ma-terial).

problems, causes & Solutions chartproblems causes Solutions

firSt MetatarSal preSSure(medial side of the forefoot)

Shell too narrow. Prominent first metatarsal.

Solutions all products:› Stick adhesive foam around the first metatarsal on the medial side

of the liner.› Stretch the shell locally with a heat gun* and other tools designed forthispurpose(suchasSIDAS)(exceptSymbioandRearEntry).

X Wave, ellipse, performa: Be careful not to overheat the Sensifit or instep gusset of the boot during the heating operation (there is a risk of deforming it due to how thin this part is).

fifth MetatarSal preSSure(lateral side of the forefoot)

Shell (or liner) too narrow. Prominent fifth metatarsal.

Solutions all products:› Remove the insole (increases volume).› Stick adhesive foam around the painful area to dissipate the pressure.› Stretch the shell locally using a heat gun* and other tools designed for thispurpose(suchasSIDAS)(exceptSymbioandRearEntry).

X Wave, performa and Verse: Be careful not to overheat the Sensifit or the instep gusset of the boot during the heating operation (there is a risk of deforming it due to how thin this part is).

anKleBone preSSurepain/pressure behind one or both ankle bones.

Prominent medial and lateral ankle bones.

Heel shape.

Solutions for falcon, X Wave, performa:

Special precautions are required when stretching the shell:› heat* the inside and outside of the cuff and lower shell simultaneously (so that both will be

at the same temperature despite their different thicknesses and layers),› place the stretching device on the inside, close the boot during the

stretching operation, and proceed with very small successive de-grees of stretching to avoid creating a space between the cuff and the shell.

falcon and X Wave:

Be careful not to heat the metal parts (there is a risk of damaging the plastic).

Solutions for rear-entry models:› Remove the insole to increase the volume.› Stick a C-shaped foam pad in the area around the

ankle bones (on the liner).› Remove some foam from the liner in the area

around the ankle bones.› Add shims to blue heel envelopment plate.

foot anatomy & fIt > recommendatIons > 64Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 64 10/14/10 4:29 PM

foot anatoMy and fit > Recommendations (continued)

problems, causes & Solutions chartproblems causes Solutions

heel preSSure Lack of room in the boot. Prominent cal-caneus(exostosis).

Solutions all products:› Stickachevron(foampadintheformofaninvertedV)abovethe

calcaneus to push the foot forward in the shell and reduce the pressure on the heel.

› ItispossibletoremovesomePUfrombothsidesoftheAchillestendon on the cuff (grinding) and/or on the lower shell (Falcon,XWave,EllipseandPerforma).

heel MoVeMent Verynarrowheel.

Achillestendonaxisvery hollow.

Thin ankle.

Solutions all products:› Stick a chevron above the calcaneus on the liner.› Stick an L-shaped piece of foam under each ankle bone (for bet-

ter grip).› Add a shim to the top of the liner (forward position that pushes

the foot backward in the boot and increases pressure on the heel).

› Useathickerinsole.› Add a shim under the footboard.› Add heel lifts.

inSulation and nuMBneSScold, numb feet.

Poor blood circulation caused by pressure on the blood vessels/ nerves.

Poor foothold distribution (especially with children).

Solutions all products:› Make sure the adjustments are not too tight.› Remove the insoles from the liners.› Add a small arch support and varus wedge (or a shim on the inside of the heel under

the footboard from the performance series).› Grind the footboard.

craMpSMuscle pain under the arch, in the calf, pressure points, irritations.

Pronounced arch, high instep or flat foot.

Pronated foot.

Thick lower leg.

Solutions all products:› Add or remove the arch support.› Add an insole or propose a custom insole.› Remove all shims under the footboard.› Modify the angle of the forward lean to distribute the skier’s weight differently.› Grind the footboard.› Grinding the Custom Sole:To increase the volume of the boot or to change the position of the foot. Caution, grind on the top surface only. Grinding the base will affect the interface with the Chassis. A depth gauge is marked front and back for even grinding.

Shin Bite Lack of pressure distribution.

falcon:› Add a shin wedge on the cuff (choose the mounting position ac-

cording to the height of the skier).

foot anatomy & fIt > recommendatIons > 65Boot

SPM 11 EN.indb 65 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Technical reference for the complete line of current Salomon helmets and poles

66helMet & pole

SPM 11 EN.indb 66 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Developed with a specialized sport trauma physician

In order to meet consumer’s needs in terms of safety, head hold and comfort Salomon uses two construction technologies: Standard technology and In Mold technology. Both provide per-formance in terms of resistance, absorption, deflecting impact and resisting penetration.in Mold technology: anexternalPC layer molded together with the EPS cap to provide the best ratio lightness / resistance to the helmet.injected technology: anexternalcap made of ABS combined with an internal cap made of EPS. fit foams: All our models are benefitingfromspecificFitfoamsdisposed on the anatomical areas to increase head comfort.

custom air System (fig. A):new adjustable system for a per-fect fit.oSfa (fig. S) With this adjust-ment system the helmet is cover-ing several sizes: one helmet for sizes 51-55cm and one helmet for sizes 55-58cm.Beanie convertible (fig. D)

Salomonchannelledallitsexperi-ence for your protection and plea-sure but don’t lose your head!

Our helmets combine our recognized professionnalism and pure design to create protection for the senses.

Our comprehensive winter sport helmet range meets applicable hel-met standards and uses the unique AdvancedFitTechnologydesignforyour comfort and performance.

Be smart and protect your head in style.

helmets don’t offer absolute protection, so ride within your limits and take care. !

helMet technology

- iMportant: the helmet must always be fastened on the head (chin strap buckled under the chin).

- Check the adjustment and the condi-tion of your helmet before each use.

- Always take care of your helmet, even when not using it. Store it away from any heat source and sunlight (sinceprolongedexposuretothesun weakens all plas tic materials, it is recommended to replace your helmet at least every 3 years). Let it dry in a ventilated area.

- Forcleaningtheoutsidesurfaceoftheskull cap, use soap and water only.

- Do not use any type of gasoline products, solvents or any other chemical substances.

- Do not modify the helmet in any way. Do not varnish it or add any coloring products.

- After receiving an impact, the helmet may be damaged to the point that it is no longer adequate to protect the wearer’s head against further impacts. Even if the damage is not visible, it is necessary to replace the helmet.

instructions for use and maintenance

My perfect fit

Women customizationpimp My helmet

A

SOSFAOSFA

Standards

roll off dynamic fastening impact test test device test

examples of the main tests of norms:

ce - en 1077 (helmets for alpine skiers*) - tÜV certified.

aStM f2040 (helmets for recre-ational* snow sports).* Non motorized winter sports

all Salomon helmets respect the following standards :

covered areas Visibility measurement measurement

helmet > 67

helmet technical information

Warning: for use with Salomon snowsports helmets only. Headphones used in snowsports may cause the skier/rider to not hear other skiers/riders. This can lead to an accident and possible injury or death. Always stay in control. Skiers/Riders downhill from you always have priority, so it's your priority to make sure you avoid them. Headphones will also restrict your ability to hear what your edge/edges are doing on the snow and may distract you. They

may distract you from focusing on skiing or riding safely which may lead to less control.

care and handling: The earpad sound system is built to handle cold, snowy conditions. However, this system is not wa-terproof. Do not submerge the Earpad or cord in water or any other liquid. Do not attempt to clean or to disinfect your helmet with the earpad sound system installed.

Sound System

D

helMet & pole

SPM 11 EN.indb 67 10/14/10 4:29 PM

helMet technology > (continued)

choosing the right size for your helmet

head Measurer use & Maintenance

Warning:Salomon has developed a head mea sur er that will help you to bet-ter serve your customer by being able to recommend the helmet size that corresponds to the circumfer-ence of his/her head.

This measurer can be used for all Salomon Alpine and In Line Skate helmets.

Please remember that the size given by the measurer (centime-ters) should be used only as an indication to help you orient your customer toward the proper size. The final selection of the appropri-ate size should be left to the cus-tomer.

Usingthemeasurershouldneverreplace trying on the helmet.

The helmet is a safety product: it must be chosen in the size that is suitable to its user and be properly positioned on his/her head (the chin strap adjusted in the closed position) to ensure optimum pro-tection, comfort and hold.

recommendations for use:- Loosen the roller (a) to be able

to place the measurer easily on the head.

- Position the measurer on the head according to (fig. H), touching the brow (B) and the occipital bone (c).

Important: Make sure the head-band (d) does not compress the ears, which would affect the measurement.

- Hold the measurer in this posi-tion and turn the roller (a) (rotate it clockwise).

- Turn the roller until it disengages (fig. J).

- Carefully remove the measurer from the head, pulling the rear upward, while maintaining pres-sure on the nose (fig. K).

- Read the measurement on the graduated scale (e) in the win-dow (fig. L).

- Choose the helmet according to the size given by the measurer.

- Try the helmet on. Switch sizes if there is a problem with the fit.

Salomon has provided for stickers that can be put on the head mea-surer for a better understanding of how to use the roller.

Maintenance recommendations:To clean the measurer, you can use a cloth with soap and water.

It is prohibited to use chemi-cal products, hot water or pres-surized water, gasoline, alcohol, detergents, solvents or aerosols that could permanently damage the plastic materials and erase the markings.

Warning:Salomon does not cover any dam-age to the head measurer that is a result of transportation, storage or not abiding by the instructions for use or maintenance.

H J K L

choosing your size (see table):The helmet is a safety product.

To ensure optimal protection, comfort and head hold, the helmet must be chosen in the correct size. To choose the correct size, it is nec es sary to measure the cranial perime ter of the head in cm (from the fore head to the most promi-nent back part of the head).

helmet adjustment:The helmet must be properdine positioned on, and adjusted to the user’sheadtoensuremaximumcomfort and protection.

A properly positioned helmet must not be too far forward or back-wardsontheuser’shead;thechinstrap must always be properly adjusted and in the closed position.

In case of children’s helmets, an adult should always check that the helmet is properly secured.

helmet > 68

51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62YOUR SIZE Head perimeter (cm)

adult WoMenDivine Origins Custom Air, Divine Custom Air, Icon Origins Custom Air, Poison Custom Air, Poison, Venom, Venom Audio CA Elyse Saugstad

adult MenEquipe*, Valdez*, X-Wing Custom Air, Ranger Custom Air BT, Impact Custom Air, Ranger Custom Air, Patrol Custom Air, Patrol, Brigade Audio, Brigade Ghost Custom Air, Brigade Pro Model, Patrol CA Mike Douglas, Brigade Audio CA Cody Townsend

adult WoMen oSfa SySteM: Icon Origins, Pearl Origins, Divine Origins

adult Men oSfa SySteM: Ranger, Cruiser

Junior*Equipe JR, Jib, Kiana, Patrol Junior OSFA System Zoom, Zoom Combo

S/M (55-58)

XXS (51-55)

L/XXL (59-62)

XXS (53-54) S (55-56) M (57-58)JR (51-52)

XS* (54-55) M (57-58) XL (60-61)

XXL (61-62)L (58-59)S (55-56)

XXS (53-54) M (57-58)

L (58-59)XS (54-55)

S (55-56)

M (57-59) L (60-62)XS/S (54-56)

XXS/S (53-56) M (57-59)

* Size NOT availableforEquipe,Valdezhelmets

* Size ONLY available for Equipe JR (White Red)

helMet & pole

SPM 11 EN.indb 68 10/14/10 4:29 PM

- Turn the pole upside down with the tip pointing up,- Hold the pole right under the basket,- Yourarmwillformarightangle(90°)whenyouhave

the ideal size.

choosing a pole sizeUseaclothwithsoapandwatertocleanthepoles.Itisprohibitedtousechemicals, hot water or pressurized water, gasoline, alcohol, detergents, solvents or aerosols that can permanently damage the plastic materials and erase the cosmetics.

Maintenance recommendations

- Spaceframe shaft: specific 3D shapes (wing and AHT) for advanced performance: higher resistance and stiffness.

- Bi-material grip: › hard part for precision, › soft part for comfort.

- Racing grip: specifically de-signed for racers, a closer grip to the pole for higher precision.

- Ultralightfoamgrip:thebestgrip if you need lightness and comfort with or without gloves.

- Gripfit: the grip with the best fit and right shapes for less efforts.

- NPS (No Problem Strap): dual side strap, easy to use and with improved comfort.

- Interchangeable baskets: the big one fits off-pists and powder, the small one is more adapted for all other uses.

- Carbide tip: bi-material tip for higher resistance and durability.

Benefits of main technical features

pole technonolgy

Mounting the replaceable baskets > procedure

a) Mounting: at the same time, screw the basket on and push it towards the handle of the pole. fig. A. Removing: at the same time, unscrew the basket and pull it toward the tip of the pole.

B) Screw the basket on completely until you hear four clicks (wear gloves as a precaution). fig. S

Salomon has made 3 types of replaceable baskets available to you:

1 2

- Salomon designed specific poles for rental adapted to a professional and intense use.

- This warranty will not apply for damages resulting of rental use of poles that was not designed specifically for rental.

pole Shaft Materials > technical features

aluminium range- Salomon know-how in alumini-

um is proven with bindings, ILS and Mavic wheels.

- Accordingtothisexperience,wedefined three levels of strength:

aluminium technology by Salomon

HHHHal40%stronger

HHHal15%stronger

HHalCompetitive strength/price ratio

composite range- We do our pole’s shafts the

same way that golf companies do their own golf shafts.

- We defined three levels of Carbon grade:

carbon technology by Salomon

HHHHc80%ofCarbon

HHHc40%ofCarbon

HHc15%ofCarbon

rental poles

Pole > 69

pole technical information

helMet & pole

SPM 11 EN.indb 69 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS

alpine Binding 71

SKiS 76

poleS 76

alpine BootS 76

nordic 79

SnoWBoard BoardS 81

SnoWBoard BindingS 81

SnoWBoard BootS 83

footWear 84

contents > 70

This catalogue is for product display only. Salomon reserves the right to modify or discontinue any product. Every product not available in all countries. SALOMON reserves the right to limit or to modify color and/or aesthetic versions of spare parts. These spare parts will nonetheless continue to be distributed in their original functions.All rights reserved. Any reproductions, partial or in full, are prohibited.

Spare partS – contentS

(All prices in U.S. dollars. Prices are subject to change at anytime.)

SPM 11 EN.indb 70 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS alPIne BIndIngs > 71

alpine Binding track

1X2SmartrakProlink+914 78829401 $ 20.00

SmartrakProlink&SmartrakControl+Z12TI• Z10 TI • 710 TI 78829601 $ 20.00

1X204-05S912TISC• S810TI SC • S712 SC • S710 TI SC • S710 SC •C609SC• C608 SC • C607 SC •C509SC• 06 Z12 TI SC • Z12 SC • Z10 TI SC • Z10 SC • 710 SC •609SC• 608 SC • 09 711 SC • L9SC •L7 SC •L10 SC

78378501 $ 9.00

1X2 04-05 S305 SC • 06 305 SC • 07KRRTZ5SC• NRR TZ5 SC • 08 NR TZ5 SC •FRTZ5SC• 09 T5 SC 78378701 $ 9.00

adjustable toe Base plate1X2 S900EqSC99 • SC 04+: All products •

IFT Free & fast 04+: All SC products 001178 $ 10.00

1X2 HI 09+: Allproductsstartingwith09/10range 10833301 $ 7.00

1X2 Z Speed all models: Lever adjustment 12027001 $ 6.00

Quadrax toe track1X2 S700 • S700 SR • S700 T • S700 TSR • S710 • S708 TSR • S710 SR • S711 SR • S710 Ti

• S711 Pa 78379001 $ 4.75

1X2

Z12 TI • Z10 • Z10 TI •Z10FIS20• 710 • 610 •609•609SR• 608 •SmartrakGrip+Z12• Z10 • Z10 TI • 710 TI • 611 • 610 •609•609TI• WARNING CHANGE THE SCREW FOR: Z10TIAXE+(788314)•610CP(000930)•609D+(001101)•607(000896)•607SR(000896)

78829701 $ 4.75

SmartrakProlink&SmartrakControl+Z12TI• Z12 • Z10 • 711 • 710 • Z12 TI SC • Z12 SC • Z10 TI SC • Z10 SC •609SC• 710 SC • 608 SC •ITF:711 78829801 $ 4.75

1X2 07 Junior TZ 5 • TZ 5 SR • 08 LZ 7 • 09 T5 • T5 SR • L7 • L7 SR • L9 • L9SR 54833901 $ 4.75

1X2 08 LZ 8 •LZ9 10061901 $ 4.75

position indicator1X2 ITF Free & Fast SC 04+: All products 78385801 $ 4.00

central plate1X2 920LAB•916LAB•914LAB•920ZZLAB•916ZZLAB•Z920LABSS•Z916LABSS 78576301 $ 6.00

1X2 920LAB•916LAB•914LAB•920ZZLAB•916ZZLAB•Z920LABSS•Z916LABSS 78829901 $ 5.00

1X2

Smartrak Prolink/Control+914• Z12 • Z10 • 711 78833601 $ 9.00

Smartrak Prolink/SmartrakControl+Z12TI• Z10 TI • 710 TI 78833801 $ 13.00

SmartrakGrip+914• Z12 • Z10 • 611 • 610 •609 78833901 $ 9.00

SmartrakGrip+609TI• 710 TI • Z10 TI 78834001 $ 13.00

Smartrak Rental 10056601 $ 9.00

Lightrak senior HL 10832901 $ 9.00

Lightrak senior JL 10833001 $ 9.00

heel guide or heel track housing1X2 C&S: All products 99- Except:Junior 001173 $ 5.00

1X2 04-05 S710 SR •C609SR•C509SR• 06609SR 268-348 mm: 78379501 $ 6.00

1X2 04-05 C305 SR • 06 305 • 06 TZ5SR 190-246 mm: 78379201 $ 2.00

1X2 SC Senior: All products 260-382 mm: 12030101 $ 13.00

1X2 04-05 C305 CS • 06 305 SC • 07KRRTZ5SC• NRR TZ5 SC • 08 NR TZ5 SC •FRTZ5SC 216-304 mm: 78379301 $ 2.00

track1X2 Z Speed: Brake plate 12027101 $ 3.50

1X2 Flat Ti: All products 78389701 $ 13.00

1X2 Smartrak Ti: All products 24729201 $ 28.00

lever

1X2 All C&S products • Kaikki C&S • Tuotteet • 99+Except:Junior• Cosmic • Racing •900• 850 • 700 • 725 • 600 •509• 400 78393901 $ 8.00

how to read the tables04: year 230-308 mm: dimensions (T175): size ##### while quantites last ##### New

Reference Parts Count


SPM 11 EN.indb 71 10/14/10 4:29 PM


V.i. Window

1X2 C305 • S305 • S 305 SC • C 305 SR (0,75-4,5) 78146601 $ 5.00

anti friction plate1X2 914FIS20•914 78830001 $ 7.50

1X2 Z12 TI • Z12 • Z12 TI SC • Z12 SC • Z10 TI SC • Z10 • 710 TI • 710 SC • 710 •710ITF 78830101 $ 7.50

1X2611 • 610 • 610 SC • 610 CP •609•609Ti/D+•609SC• 608 • 608 SC 78830201 $ 6.00

607 • 607 SR 78830301 $ 6.00

1X2 914LAB 78830401 $ 6.75

1X2

All S914 models(exceptS914TFis17)•S912•S910• S875 • S850 • S812 • 811 • S810 •S900EqPoweraxe•S900EqALPoweraxeS900EqAxeplus99 •S900TI•S900EqFIS•S900Carbon99 •S900EqAL99 •S900EqSC99 • S711 Ps • S711 • S711 Pi Sp • S710 Pi Sp SR

887608 $ 13.00

1X2 00-05 All C products • Except:C607• C607 SR 888134 $ 12.00

1X2

Quadrax 600 (exceptQ600Equalizer)• Q675 • Q700 Synchro C • Q400 • Q300 • Q300 SR • Q300 Synchro C • Q300 mini • Q500 • Q600 • Q600 Drive Plus 99 •Q600Poweraxe• Q500 SR • Q500 Drive Plus 99 • Q400 SR •Q500SynchroC(Drive+)•Q725Drive+•Q725Poweraxe• Q575 •C509sr•C509• C407 SR • C407 • C305 Grom SR • C305 Grom • Mini Grom • C610

000934 $ 8.00

1X2 S300 • S300 SC • S305 • S305 SC 05- 001134 $ 7.00

1X2 Universal AFD (adult & junior boots norms) for: 07 Junior TZ 5 • TZ 5 SR • TZ 5 S 54834001 $ 8.00

1X2 Junior Performance AFD (Junior boots norms only) for: 07 Junior TZ 5 • TZ 5 SR • TZ 5 SC 89267001

1X2 Universal AFD (adult & junior boots norms) for: 08 Junior TZ 5 • LZ 7 • LZ 8 •LZ909 Junior T 5 • L 7 • L 8 •L9 10056701 $ 4.00

1X2 07 STH 12 • 08 STH 14 54834101 $ 8.00

1X2 07 STH 16 54834201 $ 10.00

1X2 08 STH 14 Driver 10447501 $ 6.00

1X2 Z Speed all models 12027301 $ 7.00

toe housing

1X2

Z12 TI • Z10 • Z10 TI •Z10FIS20•Z10TIAXE+• 710 • 610 CP • 610 •609D+•609•609SR • 608 • 607 • 607 SR •SmartrakGrip+Z12• Z10 • Z10 TI • 710 TI • 611 • 610 •609• 609TI•SmartrakProlink&SmartrakControl+Z12TI• Z12 • Z10 • 711 • 710

78856001 $ 10.00

SC: Z12 TI SC • Z12 SC • Z10 TI SC • Z10 SC •609SC• 710 SC • 608 SC •ITF:711 • STH 12 78856101 $ 8.00

Z 14 • STH 14 • Z 12 oversize • STH 12 oversize 10833201 $ 10.00

Brake1X2 Junior SC: Q300 SC • S300 SC • S305 SC • 305 SC 06 887610 $ 12.00

1X2Junior SR: Q300 • Q300 SR • S300 • S305 • C305 SR • 305 SR 03-07 • 305 06 887611 $ 10.00

Junior mini: Q300 Mini • MiniGrom • 305 mini 06 887609 $ 10.00

1X2 Junior: TZ 5 • TZ 5 SR 07 54834301 $ 12.00

1X2 Junior: TZ 5 SC • TZ 5 Juniortrak 07 10055301 $ 10.00

1X2

S920LAB•S916LAB•S914LAB• 920ZZLAB•916ZZLAB• 914ZZLAB• STH 16 • STH 14 Driver • STH 14 • STH 12 Oversize • STH 12 • Z14 LAB • Z12 LAB • Z Speed (all models)

R75 DG X 100: 78575401 $ 15.00

R80 DG X 100: 78575501 $ 15.00

R90 DG X 100: 78575701 R100 DG X 100: 78575801 $ 25.00

R115 DG X 100: 78575901 $ 25.00

R130 DG X 100: 78855701 $ 25.00

1X2 Other range models

B75 DG X 100: 78574501 $ 15.00

B80 DG X 100: 78574801 $ 15.00

B85 DG X 100: 78574901 $ 15.00

B90 DG X 100: 78575001 $ 25.00

B100 DG X 100: 78575101 $ 25.00

B115 DG X 100: 78575201 $ 25.00

B130 DG X 100: 78830601 $ 25.00

C609 SC on Snowblade B85 G X 100: 78855801 $ 15.00

G = Grip

l

LDG = Double Grip

B 85 G x 100R 100 DG x 100 l L


SPM 11 EN.indb 72 10/14/10 4:29 PM


Jigs

1X1

All Senior products56-99 mm: 001156 $ 100.00

80-123 mm: 001157 $ 100.00

Q300 • Q300mini • S300 • S305 • C305 • Mini Grom 56-99 mm: 78406101 $ 80.00

TZ 5 Juniortrak 56-99 mm: 24729001 $ 100.00

SynchroCenter+Rental:Junior/Senior56-99 mm: 001003 $ 100.00

80-123 mm: 001040 $ 100.00

Z Speed: All models 70-116 mm: 11139301 $ 50.00

tools1X1 Deflex/Hangl&PoweraxeRaceGS:Drillbit Ø 4,6 X L 11,5 mm: 001121 $ 40.00

1X5 Drill bit

Ø 3,6 X L 8 mm : 000814 $ 78.00

Ø 4,1 X L 8 mm: 000813 $ 78.00

Ø 4,1 X L 9,5 mm: 000893 $ 78.00

Ø 3,6 X L 9,5 mm: 000892 $ 78.00

1X1 Pilot:Torxbitforelectricscrewdriver Fein 25 mm: 887607 $ 16.00

1X1 Posidrive screwdriver 7 mm: 000862 $ 14.00

1X1 Adjustement tool 000902 $ 20.00

1X2 Pilot & Poweraxe Race GS / Hangl 00: Torxbit 25 mm: 887606 $ 16.00

1X100 Repair plugs 000846 $ 16.00

1X1 Special binding mounting glue 000811 $ 10.00

1X100 Plastic plugs Ø 4,5 mm: (white) 000819 (black) 000818

$ 3.50

1X1 Tube of grease 000905 $ 5.00

1X2 Transparentdemoboard+straps 001188 $ 20.00

plate Kit1X2 Cosmic&ZAxeplus 15 mm: 78491501 $ 20.00

1X2 Snowblade release 78497501 $ 34.00


SPM 11 EN.indb 73 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS

8881390188813801

10 x 34,0

10 x 20,5

001102

7838590178831301788314017883220178832801

9 x 10,79 x 34,0

001136001138

10 x 11,8000894

000829

000897

000832

000909

000912

000961

001058

000896

000910

10 x 13,5

10 x 18,8

10 x 23,0

9 x 10,0

9 x 29,0

9 x 8,5

9 x 32,5

9 x 15,0000895 8 x 13,0

10 x 16,5

9 x 25,5

000960 9 x 27,0

00108310 x 19,5001086

9 x 19,5001057

000930 9 x 16,5

000911 9 x 18,0

000830 10 x 15,0

000958 9 x 12,5

9 x 21,0001082

9 x 23,0

8,8 x 14,359 x 17,39 x 26

BN8 4 x 108,8 x 12,7

10115201 8,8 x 12,6

10 x 12

0011019 x 24,0001100

10 x 13,5

10 x 16,510 x 20,5

10 x 23,2

10 x 27,510 x 18,310 x 21,310 x 36,010 x 29,010 x 32,5

10 x 25,0

000834

000899000836

000900

000957001004001018

000908

001085001087001099

RéférenceReference

L

ø

mm : Ø x L mm : Ø x L

Voir tableaux pages suivantes pour les modèles correspondantsSee charts on following pages for the concerned models

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

001153 79491501787169 - 787170

SMARTRAK CONTROL +Z12TI . Z10

78497501 SMARTRAK JUNIOR

001101000912001102001057001083

78831501788317017883200178832501

L

ø

Longueur • Length

e.g.: 17/ 000900

}

$ 13.00 $ 13.00 $ 8.00

$ 14.00 $ 15.00 $ 14.00 $ 15.00 $ 15.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 12.00 $ 8.00

$ 10.00 $ 13.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 13.00 $ 14.00 $ 13.00 $ 15.00 $ 14.00 $ 12.00 $ 15.00 $ 13.00 $ 15.00

— $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 12.00 $ 12.00 $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 12.00

$ 8.00 $ 9.00 $ 9.00 $ 8.00 $ 8.00

$ 10.00 $ 13.00 $ 10.00

alPIne BIndIngs > 74

Screws (Together column number and reference # = screw positions)


SPM 11 EN.indb 74 10/14/10 4:29 PM


toe (prices and screw positions on page 74) col./ref.C305 Grom • C305 SR • Mini Grom • 305 SR • 305 • 305 mini 06 • Junior T 5 & T 5 SR 07 • L 7 • L 7 SR 08 2/ 000894S305 Grom 2/ 000958S810 Ti Pi Edge • S810 Pi Edge •S914Fis•S912Ti•S912Fi•S912•S910Team•S810•S810Ti•S914PiFR•S914Fis24•S914Fis20•S910Fis24• S910Fis20•S912TiPiFR•S810TiPiFR•S914PiEdge•S912TiPiEdge•S912Fis20• S812 Pi Edge •S910Ti 2/ 001057

C610•C509•C509SR•C608 SR•C608•C608Fis20•C608Fis17•C710 •C609Ti•C609SR•C609• 3/ 000930S710•S708 T•S708 T SR•S710 SR•S711 SR•S710 Ti•S710PiFR 2/ 000911S711 •S711PiFR 4/ 001082PlaqueAxe+99+S914•S912• S811 • S810•S910T• S810 Ti • S810 CP •S912Ti• S810 SR 3/ 000912S710Axe+• S708T • S710 CP • S710 Ti CP • S711 CP 1/ 000960C610Axe+•C608 CP • C610 CP • C710 CP • C710 Ti CP 4/ 001083PlaqueDrive+500• 600 •C509Drive+•C609Drive+ 4/ 001101S305 SC 8/ 000961 6/ 000958Junior T 5 SC 07 8/ 000961 9/ 000958 3/ 000894S912TiSC• 810 SC • S 810 Ti SC 3/ 000911 5/ 000909S710 SC • S711 SC • S712 SC • S710 Ti SC 6/ 000930 5/ 000909 6/ 001057C509SC•C608 SC•C609SC 6/ 000930 6/ 000911 5/ 000909LZ 8 SC 08•L 7 &•L9SC09 5/ 000909 12/ 000958 9/ 000829920LAB•916LAB•914LAB•920ZZLAB•916ZZLAB•Z920LABSS•Z916LABSS 16/ 001101 16/ 001082Pilot S710 Cosmic 4/ 001082S920•S916•S914Fis17•S920Race• STH 16 07 4/ 000910 4/ 000911LZ 8 • LZ908•L9& L 10 09 7/ 000829C607 SR • C607 4/ 78385901S914Fis26,3•S910Fis26,3 3/ 001101Z12 Ti SC • Z12 SC • Z10 Ti SC • Z10 SC • 710 SC •609SC• 608 SC 06 5/ 000909 6/ 000930 6/ 001057Z12 Ti • Z10 Ti •Z10Fis20• 710 • 610 •609•609Ti•609SR60806 • SmartrakGrip+610,611,710Ti,Z10Ti,Z10,Z12,609,609Ti06 • Z14 08 6/ 000930 6/ 78831301

Z12TiAXE+• 610 CP 06 2/ 000960 2/ 78831401609D+06 1/ 001100 1/ 001101914Fis20•914•SmartrakGrip+91406 1/ 000930 1/ 78831301SmartrakProlink&SmartrakControl+914,Z12Ti,Z12,Z10Ti,Z10,711,710Ti06 • Z14 08 1/ 78832201SmartrakProlink+914 06 1/ 78832801SmartrakProlink&SmartrakControl+Z12Ti,Z12,Z10Ti,Z10,711,710Ti06 • Z14 08 2/ 10115201STH 12 07 • STH 14 • Z14 LAB 08 6/ 000930 6/ 000911STH 14 Driver 08 3/ 000911

Brake (prices and screw positions on page 74) col./ref.Brake 5/ 000829

heel (prices and screw positions on page 74) col./ref.Pilot Edge Loc SC:S912TiPiEdge• S810 Ti Pi Edge 17/ 000830 17/ 000829 17/ 000900Pilot Free Ride Loc SC: S912TiPiFR•S810TiPiFR•S711PiFR 17/ 001086 5/ 000957C305 Grom • C305 SR • Mini Grom • 305 SR • 305 • 305 Mini 06 2/ 000834 2/ 000899S305 Grom 8/ 001004 11/ 001018S914Fis17•914• Z12 TI • Z10 TI • Z10 • 710 • 610 •609• 608 06 •C608Fis17• S710 • S608 • C610 •C509• C608 • C710 • S710 Ti • C609Ti•C609 • Z14 & Z12 08 • LZ 8 08 • LZ908 • Z12++09•L9& L 10 09 11/ 000894 11/ 001004

609SR06•S710 SR • S711 SR • S708 T SR •C509SR• C608 SR •C609SR 1/ 000894 1/ 000836S912Ti•S912• S810 • S711 •S910T• S810 TI •S914Fis24•S910Fis24 3/ 000897 6/ 000957C608Fis20•914Fis•S914PiFR•S912TiPiFR•S810TiPiFR•S914PiEdge•914FIS20•Z10FIS2006• S810 Ti Pi Edge•S810 Pi Edge•S912TiPiEdge•S812 Pi Edge•S912Fis20•S914Fis20•S910Fis20 11/ 000830 11/ 000900

PlaqueAxe+99+ S850 •S914•S912• S811 • S810 • S710 • S711 CP •S912Ti•Z10TIAXE+• 610 CP 06• S608 T • C610 •S910T• C608 CP • C610 CP • C710 CP • S710 CP • S810 CP • C710 Ti CP 11/ 001101 11/ 001102

PlaqueDrive+•C509Drive+•609D+06 11/ 000911 11/ 000908

S305 SC • 305 SC 06 6/ 000957 11/ 001099

S850SC(Drive+)• C608 SC •C609SC•S912TiSC•S810 SC•S810 S •S712 S •S711 SC•S710 S •C509SC• S810 Ti SC • All SC 02+ 9/ 001083 9/ 001102920LAB•916LAB•914LAB•920ZZLAB•916ZZLAB•Z920LABSS•Z916LABSS 16/ 001100 16/ 001138 16/ 000897S920•S916• STH 12 & 16 07 • STH Driver 14 08 • STH 14 08 • Z14 LAB 08 • STH12++09 4/ 000897 4/ 000829 4/ 000912C607 SC 17/ 001100 17/ 001102C607 SR • 607 SR 06 • L7 SR 08 17/ 000909 17/ 001004

C607 • 607 06 • L7 08 2/ 000899 2/ 000909S914Fis26,3•S910Fis26,3 7/ 888139 7/ 001087

Z12 TI SC • Z12 SC • Z10 TI SC • Z10 SC • 710 SC•609SC• 608 SC 06 • LZ8 SC 08•L9& L 10 09 1/ 001085 2/ 001083

SmartrakProlink&SmartrakControl+914• Z12 TI • Z12 • Z10 TI • Z10 • 711 • 710 TI 06 • Z14 08 1/ 78832201Junior T 5 & T 5 SR 07 11/ 000896 2/ 000899Junior T 5 Juniortrak 07 11/ 000908 11/ 001101Junior T 5 SC 07 11/ 001099 11/ 000912

SPM 11 EN.indb 75 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS alPIne skIs > 76

SKiS tips

1X2 Verse8500 00-03 •Verse590 03 • X-Scream 700 01-02 •Crossmax70001-04 •Scleaver790 03 • Scrambler 400 04 89249201 $ 10.00

1X2Crossmax10PilotRental01-02 •Crossmax8PilotRental 01-03 •Crossmax7PilotRental01-03 •Scleaver7.9Pilot Rental 03 •Verse10PilotRental01-03 •Crossmax7TXPilotRental 03 •Verse8PilotRental02 • Scream 10 Pilot Rental 01-02

89249301 $ 10.00

1X2Equipe SC • Equipe GC •Equipe9GC•Demo103V•Demo102V•Demo9• Demo8 • •Demo Lady •CrossmaxV12•CrossmaxV10• Rush n°10 • Rush n°7 • Rush 700 • •Streetracer 10 • Streetrace r8 • Streetracer 7 • Streetracer 6, 600, 800 05-06 • •Rush 6, 600, 800 05-06 •Equipe10T3V 05-06 • Demo Lady 06

78570801 $ 8.00

1X2Scrambler Hot •Scrambler9• Scrambler 8 • Scrambler 7 • Scrambler 6 • Scrambler 5 • Scrambler Custom • Scrambler 700 • Scrambler 400 • Siam n°10 • Siam n°7 • XW 5, 6, 8 • 400, 700 06 •XWFury• Hurricane 06 • Siam n°5, 400 05-06 •Axess 06

78571001 $ 10.00

1X2 Crossmax10Pilot 03-04 •Crossmax9Pilot 04 •Crossmax8Pilot 04 • Teneighty 02-04 • Scream 10 Hot 03-04 • Scream 10 Xtra Hot 03-04 78325101 $ 10.00

1X2

Equipe GC • GC Race • GC Series •SC,SCRace,3V • Streetracer 8, 10, 800, 80,8 TX, Sport •DemoX2V,X3V,XR,XT • CrossmaxV8,V10,V12,V800 •9000replica06Equipe3V,GCSeries,GCRace,SCRace • Aero GT, X • Demo X3, XR, XT, GTX •CrossmaxV8,V10,V800,W12 • XW Cyclone, Typhoon 07 Equipe GC, GC Series, SC Race, RC • Aero GT R, GT, XSI •AeromaxTi,STi • Demo XR, XT •CrossmaxV10 • Origins Amethyst, Amethyst 800 08

78799401 $ 6.00

1X2

XW3,4,4Tx,10 •SiamN3,N4,N8,N10,N40,Flirt,Origins,Sinsation •XWBlast,Tornado,Sandstorm,Vector,AT,X Radiant 06XW4,6,800,X3,X7,Attack,Tx,STX,Vector,Tornado,Fury,Sandstorm,Storm • Jewel Amber, Crystal, Diadem, Opal, Origins, Pearl, Topaz - Demo lady 07XW4,6,8,10,500,800,X7,X9,Fire,Cyclone,Hurricane • Origins Amber, Amber 500, Pearl, Ruby, Diadem, Crystal, Jade, Opal,Topaz • Demo lady 08

78799501 $ 6.00

1X2 Equipe2VRace07 • Demo X2, Ti, RT 07 • X Wing 500 07-08 • Aero Ti, S, RT, GTI, Ti Rental, S Rental 07 • Jewel Amber 500 07 •InstinctFever50007 •AeromaxRT,SR,GTS08 24729101 $ 8.00

1X2 XWFury08 • XW Tornado, Tornado Ti 08-09 • Origin Diamond 09-10 • Enduro 10 10077101 $ 15.00

1X2 XW Storm 09 • XW 8, 6, 4 09 • 8R, 6R 09 • Origin Opal, Topaz, Crystal, Amber, Diadem, Crystal R 5 09 • XW Typhoon, Hurricane, Twister 09 10832701 $ 10.00

1X2 Czar, Lord, Dumont, Suspect, Threat, Lady, Mai Tai 08-10 •Shogun,Vamp,Geisha09-10 •Knight10 10879901 $ 12.00

1X2 XWFocus10 12145601 $ 10.00

1X2 Select,Vital,Zen,FreshTouch 10 • Powerline Daytona, 24 Speed, 24 Sport, 24 Sport R, GT Pro, GT Pro R 10 12145701 $ 10.00

edges (25cm)1X2 Forallmodels S90190 $ 6.00

Base Material (50cm)1X1 Forallmodels S90158 $ 8.00

poleS Baskets

1X2 Carbon Poles: Rental Composite 06-10 • Element 08-10 •ElementVario 10 • Origins 08 Aluminium poles: Origins09-10 10853701 $ 6.00

1X208-10: Rental Anodized Adult, Artic, Artic Origins, Northpole, Divine Origins09-10:Racer,NorthpoleOrigins,F-One,Allium,X-Wing,Fury,Patrol,Brigade 10: X-W, Mai Tai, Topaz

10853901 $ 6.00

1X2 09-10: Rental Anodized JR, Equipe Junior, X-Wing Junior 10:Kitten 10854001 $ 6.00

1X2 Strap Rental Adult 10854201 $ 6.00

alpine BootS Buckle tooth insert

1X2 Xwave & Rush •Falcon&Instinct• Impact & Idol • X3 (collier/cuff) Collier / Cuff: 10809301 $ 5.00

1X2 Xwave & Rush •Falcon&Instinct• Impact & Idol • X3 Coque / Shell: 10817901 $ 5.00

1X2 1/4 turn buckle: Performa & Irony • Xwave & Rush • Impact 880 & Idol 880 • Mission & Divine• Mission RS & Divine RS Collier / Cuff: 12006901 $ 3.00

1X2 Performa & Irony • Elios & Charm • Mission & Divine 99493501 $ 5.00

1X2 Focus• Quest •SPK• Ghost • Shogun • Poison Collier / Cuff: 12007001 $ 2.00


SPM 11 EN.indb 76 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS Poles > 77


Buckle (M*=Micro•V*=Vario)M*1X2 Alu: Ghost • Shogun • Poison • Pro Model •Kaos•Kreation•Kaïd•Keira •SPK S: 10818001 L: 10818101 $ 20.00

M*1X2

Alu: Course X3 •Falcon• Instinct • Impact • Idol • X Wave • Rush • Mission RS • Divine RS • Mission • Divine S: 10818201 M: 10818301 L: 10818401 $ 15.00

M*1X2 Alu: Quest

S: 12007101 M: 12007201 $ 7.50 L: 12007301 $ 8.00

M*1X2 Plastic: Mission • Divine •Mission RS •Divine RS •Charm •Performa S: 12007401 M: 12007501 L: 12007601 $ 3.00

V*1X1 Symbio: 500 • 440 S: 78396901 L: 78397001 $ 7.00

V* SymbioCable length: 540 mm / 22.0-25.5: 882844 $ 12.00 Cable length: 560 mm / 26.0-30.0: 882845 $ 12.00

Cable length: 580 mm / 78862701 $ 13.00

1X2 Plastic: T3 • T2 •X3 60 •TeamS: 12007701 $ 3.00

L: 12007801 $ 3.00

1X2 Quest Backbone 12009601 $ 4.50

innerboot

1X2 My Custom Fit Race: Falcon• Instinct • X3 JR

23.5: 12001622 24.5: 12001624 25.5: 12001626 26.5: 12001629 27.5: 12001631 28.5: 12001633

$ 85.00

1X2 Rental AutoCustom Shell: Focus•SPK

22.5W: 12001756 23.5W: 12001722 24.5W: 12001724 25.5W: 12001726 $ 50.00

26.5: 12001729 27.5: 12001731 28.5: 12001733 29.5: 12001736 30.5: 12001738 31.5: 12001741

$ 50.00

1X2 Rental Thermic Fit Biovent: Quest

24.5W: 12001824 25.5W: 12001826 26.5W: 12001829 $ 50.00

27.5: 12001831 28.5: 12001833 29.5: 12001836 $ 50.00

1X2 Rental Thermic Fit: Performa (M&W)

22.0W: 78400219 23.5W: 78400222 24.5W: 78400224 25.5W: 78400226

$ 72.00

26.5: 78399929 27.5: 78399931 28.5: 78399933 29.5: 78399936 30.5: 78399938

$ 72.00

31.5: 78583741 32.5: 78583743 33.5: 78583745 $ 78.00

1X2 Rental Thermic Fit: Symbio22.0: 489681 23.5: 489683 24.5: 489685 25.5: 489687 26.5: 489689 27.5: 489691

28.5: 489693 29.5: 490429 30.5: 489695 $ 50.00

1X2 Thermic Fit: Performa T 3 • T 3 Rental • Kaïd•Keira

22.0: 12001919 23.5: 12001922 24.5: 12001924 25.5: 12001926 26.5: 12001929

$ 30.00

1X2 Thermic Fit: Performa T 2 • T 2 Rental • Kaïd

18.0: 12002010 19.0: 12002012 20.0: 12002054 21.0: 12002055

$ 25.00

1X2 Thermic Fit: Impact JR

22.0: 78399719 23.5: 78399722 24.5: 78399724 25.5: 78399726 26.5: 78399729 27.5: 78399731

$ 62.00

1X2 My Custom Fit Pro: Falcon100 • X3 JR 09

22.0: 78862919 23.5: 78862922 24.5: 78862924 25.5: 78862926 26.5: 78862929 27.5: 78862931

$ 86.00

1X2 My Custom Fit Performance: Impact Idol

22.0 W: 55472419 23.5 W: 55472422 24.5 W: 55472424 25.5 W: 55472426 $ 90.00

26.5: 55472429 27.5: 55472431 28.5: 55472433 29.5: 55472436 30.5: 55472438 31.5: 55472441

$ 90.00

1X2 Rental Thermic Fit: Impact Idol

22.0 W: 55472519 23.5 W: 55472522 24.5 W: 55472524 25.5 W: 55472526 $ 70.00

26.5: 55472529 27.5: 55472531 28.5: 55472533 29.5: 55472536 30.5: 55472538 31.5: 55472541

$ 70.00

1X2 XFit Fusion Advanced: Mission Divine

22.0 W: 55472619 23.5 W: 55472622 24.5 W: 55472624 25.5 W: 55472626 $ 88.00

26.5: 55472629 27.5: 55472631 28.5: 55472633 29.5: 55472636 30.5: 55472638 31.5: 55472641

$ 88.00

1X2 XFit Fusion Advanced: Mission Divine

22.0 W: 11105519 23.5 W: 11105522 24.5 W: 11105524 25.5 W: 11105526

26.5: 11105529 27.5: 11105531 28.5: 11105533 29.5: 11105536 30.5: 11105538 31.5: 11105541

$ 60.00

1X2 Rental Thermic Fit: Mission RS & Divine RS

22.0 W: 10078319 23.5 W: 10078322 24.5 W: 10078324 25.5 W: 10078326 $ 80.00

26.5: 10078429 27.5: 10078431 28.5: 10078433 29.5: 1007843630.5: 10078438 31.5: 10078441 32.5: 10078443 33.5: 10078445

$ 88.00

SPM 11 EN.indb 77 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS alPIne Boots > 78

Bootfitting

1X1 Heating machine U.S. & Canada: Z15620 $ 295.00

1X1 Measurer 10877101 $ 80.00

Bootfitting

1X2 Rental Insoles

18.0: 10078610 19.0: 10078612 20.0: 10078654 21.0: 10078655 22.0: 10078619 23.0-23.5: 10078621 24.0-24.5: 10078623 25.0-25.5: 10078625

26.0-26.5: 10078628 27.0-27.5: 10078630 28.0-28.5: 10078632 29.0-29.5: 10078635 30.0-30.5: 10078637 31.0-31.5: 10078639 32.0-32.5: 10078642 33.0-33.5: 10078644

$ 5.50

1X2 Therm-ic Insoles 22.0: 55473119 23.0-23.5: 55473121 24.0-24.5: 55473123 25.0-25.5: 55473125 26.0-26.5: 55473128 27.0-27.5: 55473130

$ 15.00

1X2 Footbed: Standard (black) 24.0-24.5: 88164023 25.0-25.5: 88164025 26.0-26.5: 88164028 27.0-27.5: 88164030 28.0-28.5: 88164032 29.0-29.5: 88164035

$ 12.00

1X2 Footbed: PerformaProlink+Sport• Evolution 2 •Verse• Ellipse • Performa

22.0-23.5: 489965 24.0-25.5: 489966 26.0-27.5: 489967 28.0-29.5: 489968

$ 12.00

30.0-33.5: 78592037 $ 6.00

1X4 Sealing gaskets Mission, Divine 22.0-27.5: 12002101 28.0-31.5: 12002201 $ 2.50

1X4 Sealing gaskets Impact Idol

22.0-25.5: 55472301 $ 8.00 26.0-31.5: 55473001 $ 8.00

1X2 Lower leg strap 35 mm (black/red) 22.0-25.5: 10078701 26.0-33.5: 10078801

$ 12.00

1X8 Lateral cap Y/C (grey) 78591901 $ 5.00

innerboot adaptation / Bootfitting1X4 Course Ellipse: Canting rivet 78399001 $ 8.00

1X4 Course X2: Canting screw 78399101 $ 14.00

1X4 X-Wave • Impact • Mission RS • Divine RS •Falcon• Instinct: Canting rivets 78399201 $ 8.00

1X20 Toothed nut M4 & screw 10078901 $ 10.00

1X10 Screw+insert(teeth+3Dplate) 12002301 $ 2.50

1X2 Pre-cut foam sheet (4mm) 10079101 $ 35.00

1X2 ProlinkForwardLeanAdjustmentWedge: (All products Course • Performa Prolink) (black)

22.0-25.5: 882397 $ 7.00

26.0-30.0: 882398 $ 7.00

1X2 Prolink innerboot adaptation plate24.0-25.5: 882399 $ 7.00 26.0-30.0: 882400 $ 7.00

Bootsole + Screws1X2 Back: Performa • Evolution • Performa T3 • Symbio 440 05 • Elios • Charm 8 mm / 22.0-33.5: 487450 $ 6.00

1X2 Front: Performa • Evolution • Performa T3 • Symbio • Performa 04 • Verse04 • Ellipse 04

8 mm / 22.0-25.5: 489617 $ 8.00 8 mm / 26.0-33.5: 489618 $ 8.00

1X2 Walkadin Back: Verse• Ellipse & Siam • Performa & Irony • Course 60 (22-26.5) • Impact • Idol • Mission • Divine 12 mm / 22.0-33.5: 55473201 $ 8.00

1X2Walkadin Front: Ellipse & Siam • Performa & Irony • Symbio 440 05 • Course 60 (22-26.5) • Impact • Idol • Mission • Divine • Mission RS • Divine RS • SPK• Elios • Charm

12 mm / 22.0-25.5: 53527601 $ 8.00

12 mm / 26.0-33.5: 53527701 $ 8.00

Alpine Pad Front: Quest (grey/black) 12002401 $ 4.00

1X2 Alpine Pad Back: Quest • Mission • Divine • Mission RS • Divine RS (black/grey) 10079001 $ 15.00

1X2 Back: W-Wave (M&W) • Course XR Japon • Course GT • Course T • 1080 • 1080 Japon • Course 100 •90• 80 • 70 881642 $ 5.00

1X2 Evolution2 490353 $ 6.00

1X2 Back: Team 3.0 • team 3.5 489763 $ 5.00

1X2 Back: 12 Mini • 15 Mini 16.0-17.0: 488030 $ 4.00

1X2 Front:PerformaT2• Performa T4 Small • Course 60 (18-21) 882381 $ 6.00

1X2 Back: Performa T2 • Performa T4 Small • Course 60 (18-21) 882382 $ 6.00


SPM 11 EN.indb 78 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS alPIne Boots > 79

nordic laces

1X1 Quickfit (seepage84:ref86065701Footwear) 95 cm: 86065701 $ 6.00

1X10 Quickfit Holder 10108001 $ 4.00

1X2 Zip (black): 10108101 $ 10.00

(grey): 10108201 $ 10.00

1X2 Lace 10107201 $ 7.00

1X2 StrapVelcro 25823701 $ 6.00

rivet1X5 Carbon Pro •RacingSkate9•Active9Skate•Vitane9Skate 10106801 $ 4.00

1X5 861 • Active 8 Skate CL •Vitane8SkateCL• Equipe Combi 10109201 $ 4.00

1X5 Nail Active 08 Black 12011801 $ 2.00

insoles

1X2 Durafresh 5 mm

9K: 25823652 10K: 25823608 11K: 25823610 12K: 25823612 13K: 25823654 $ 8.00

1: 25823616 2: 25823617 3: 25823656 4: 25823621 5: 25823623 6: 25823625 7: 25823627 8: 25823629 9: 25823631 10: 25823633

11: 25823635 12: 25823637 13: 25823639 14: 25823641 $ 8.00

Screw chart1X100 Profil Equipe Junior Ø 6,3 / 14,5: 78859901 $ 19.00

1X100ProfilEquipeSkate+Classic• Profil Active SC

Ø 6,3 / 17,7: 890111 $ 14.00SNS Propulse RC, SNS Propulse RC 2

1X100 SNS X Adventure Raid Ø 6,3 / 26: F872020 $ 14.00

1X100

SNS X Adventure Raid

Ø 6,3 / 19,5: 890109 $ 13.00

Pilot Equipe Skate • SNS X Adv Access • Profil Auto Men/ Women

Pilot Sport Skate/Classic/ Women

Plaque SPS Pilot Sport Skate/Classic/Women

Pilot Equipe Classic

Profil Equipe Skate - Profil Equipe Classic - Profil Active SC

SNS Propulse RC, SNS Propulse RC 2

1X100

Profil Auto JR

Ø 6,3 / 14,5: 890112 $ 13.00

Pilot Equipe Classic

Profil Snow/Monster

Pilot Sport Junior - Pilot Junior

Profil Equipe JR

Plaque SPS Pilot Junior Ø 6,3 / 12: 108797 $ 10.00

1X50 Profil Auto Junior (Skis < 140) Ø 5,4 / 10: 000909 $ 13.00

1X10 Vis Réglage / Adjustment screw • Equipe Classic Pilot 55454101 $ 3.00

pull tab1X10 Pilot Equipe Skate - Pilot Active Skate (yellow): 10106201 $ 12.00

plugs1X10 Pilot Equipe Skate •ProfilEquipeSkate+Classic• Pilot Active Skate • Profil Auto (Men/

women/Junior) • Profil Active SC •SNSXadventureRaid+Access 890094 $ 4.00

cap1X10 Profil Equipe Classic • Profil Equipe skate • Profil Active SC 10102101 $ 6.00

1X1 Screw cap Pilot équipe Classic 55454201 $ 3.00

1X1 Screw cap Pilot sport 55454301 $ 3.00


SPM 11 EN.indb 79 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS skI nordIQue > 80

flexor

1X2

Profil Equipe Skate115: (red) 10104201 $ 5.00 125: (red) 10104301 $ 5.00

Profil Equipe Classic 85: (yellow) 10102201 $ 5.00

Profil Active SC 105: (grey) 10105101 $ 5.00

1X2

Profil Auto Men 105: (black) 10104801 $ 5.00

Profil Auto Women 95: (grey) 10104901 $ 5.00

Profil Auto Junior Junior: (yellow) 10105001 $ 5.00

1X2 SNS X Adventure Raid 185: (grey) 10104401 $ 5.00

ridge plate1X2 Ridge Plate Pilot Skate 78846901 $ 10.00

1X2 Profil Equipe 78847201 $ 10.00

1X2 RidgeplateProfilAutoUniversal 78847101 $ 10.00

1X1 S/E Plate Pilot Equipe Classic 55454001 $ 18.00

1X1 SPS Plate 25823501 $ 5.00

Steel link1X2 Steel link: Pilot 78847301 $ 8.00

Service products1X1 Jig • Pilot • Profil • BC • X Adventure 891000 $ 65.00

1X4 Reversible jig pads • Pilot • Profil • BC • X Adventure 10106401 $ 15.00

1X5 Drill bit - Profil Automatique Junior Ø 3,6 x L 8 mm: 000814 $ 78.00

1X1 Drill bit Ø 3,6 x L 15 mm: 10105201 $ 30.00

1X1 Special repair plug drill bit 10105301 $ 32.00

1X100 Repair plugs 000846 $ 16.00

1X1 6 face posidrive bit 78504801 $ 16.00

Sticker Pilot Equipe 55453901 $ 5.00


SPM 11 EN.indb 80 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS nordIc > 81

SnoWBoard BoardS Snowboard tip protector

1X1 Rental boards (black) 55473801 $ 8.00

SnoWBoard BindingS No spare parts for S PRO TEAM bindings

transmission pads1X2 L+R Base Pad all SP models (khaki/black) S: 55473954 M/L: 55473955 $ 8.00

1X2 L+R Base Pad all SPX models (black) S: 78858454 M: 78858456 L: 78858458 $ 30.00

1X2 L+R BasePadallForce&Gracemodels(black) S: 78836255 L: 78836258 $ 10.00

1X2 L+R Base Front Pad Slasher: all Slasher models, Arcade, Stella, Celeste, Patriot S: 10832254 M/L: 10832257 $ 4,00

1X2 L+R Base Pad all Relay models (black) Black: S: 53527254 M: 53527256 L: 53527258 $ 18.00

1X2 L+R

Cover disc Pad + Screw for transfer base: Transfer models

Black: S: 10832554 M: 10832556 L: 10832558 $ 4,00

White: S: 10834254 M: 10834256 L: 10834258 $ 4,00

4x4 disks1X8 Screw+washersfordisk-AllModels(except98 Rental) 88999301 $ 5.00

1X2 6holesDiskIMS+Screws+Washers-AllModels(except98 Rental & Speedfit) 78855401 $ 8.00

Straps

1X2 ToeStrap-AllModels+M4ToolfreeS: (black) 12023654 M: (black) 12023656 L: (black) 12023658 $ 10.00S: (white) 12023754 M: (white) 12023756 L: (white) 12023758 $ 10.00

1X2 Toe Adjuster - All S and SP Models (black) S: 53527454 M/L: 53527457 $ 3.50

1X2 ToeAdjuster-AllSPX,Force,Grace&RelayModels(black)S: (black) 78563554 M/L: (black) 78563557 $ 4.00 S: (white) 10134054 M/L: (white) 10134057 $ 2.50

1X2 Holding toe strap adjuster - All Relay and Slasher models (black) 78839301 $ 3.00

1X2 Holding toe strap adjuster-AllForceandGracemodels(white) 53527501 $ 5.00

1X2 Toe Sawblade - All SP Models 06- (black) S/M: 78374919 L: 78374921 $ 5.00

1X2 Toe Sawblade - All SP Models 06+ (black) S/M: 78837054 L: 78837057 $ 7.00

1X2 Narrow Toe Sawblade 19 mm + Holding fast fit pin: All models with narrow buckle 10+ S/M: (black) 12023855 L: (black) 12023858 $ 2.00S/M: (white) 12024055 L: (white) 12024058 $ 2.00

1X2 Toe Sawblade 24 mm + Holding fast fit: All Models 09- exceptSPmodels. (black)S/M: (black) 78837155 L: (black) 78837158 $ 12.00 S/M: (white) 10134155 L: (white) 10134158 $ 2.50

1X2 Alu TOE Buckle All Models 09- 78855301 $ 25.00

1X2 Alu ANKLE Buckle All Models 09- 78836901 $ 28.00

1X2 TOE ratchet viper for sawblade 19 mm width All Models 10+ 12024101 $ 7.00

1X2 ANKLE buckle viper & screw All Models 10+ 12024301 $ 7.00

1X2 L+R Ankle Strap All Relay Models (black)

145 mm / S/M: 99494055 $ 25.00 165 mm / L: 78560054 $ 33.00

1X2 L+R Ankle Strap All Relay Models (white)

145 mm / S/M: 99494155 $ 25.00 165 mm / L: 78838755 $ 40.00

1X2 L+R Ankle Strap All models (SP, SPX, Grace). (black)

165 mm / S: 78560054 $ 33.00 185 mm / M/L: 78560057 $ 33.00

1X2 L+R Ankle Strap All models (SP, SPX, Grace). (white)

165 mm / S: 78838755 $ 40.00 185 mm / M/L: 78838758 $ 40.00

1X2 L+R

Cored Out Ankle Strap AllmodelsexceptRelay.

(black) 165 mm / S: 12024455 $ 10.00(black) 185 mm / M/L: 12024458 $ 10.00

(white) 165 mm / S: 12024555 $ 10.00(white) 185 mm / M/L: 12024558 $ 10.00

1X2 Ankle Sawblade + Ring + Toothed Nut M5 All Models(black) 78839201 $ 4.00 (white) 10131401 $ 2.50


SPM 11 EN.indb 81 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS snowBoard BIndIngs > 82

1X2 Ankle Adjustment Kit Ring + Toolfree Adjuster M4 + Tooth Nut All models(black) 12024601 $ 2.50(white) 12024701 $ 2.50

1X2 Aesthetic Strap Washer + Strap Screw M5: Relay screw outside (white) 78839101 $ 3.00

1X2 Aesthetic Strap Nut + Strap Screw M5: Relay screw inside 99493801 $ 4.00

1X4Strap Kit (screw M5/nut M5/wascher M5) - (Toe/Ankle) All SP models 889905 $ 5.00

Strap Kit (screw M5/nut M5/wascher M5) - (Ankle) All SPX models 88999701 $ 6.00

1X4 Strap Kit (screw + nut)-(Ankle)AllForce&Gracemodels. 78836801 $ 6.00

Spoilers•Highback1X2 Highback Rotation Screw: All Relay models 78839401 $ 3.00

1X2 Toolfree FWL Adjuster: All models (grey) 78837501 $ 7.00

1X1 Highback + FWL Adjuster + Screw: AllWmodelsexceptRelay(white) S/M: 78839755 $ 16.50

1X1 Highback + FWL Adjuster + Screw: AllmodelsexceptRelay S/M: 78839855 L: 78839858 $ 13.00

1X2 FWL Adjuster: OnlyForcemodel(grey) 99493901 $ 5.00

1X2 FWL Adjuster: All models 06-exceptForce&Relay(black) 78857701 $ 6.00

1X2 Length Base Adjustment Kit: AllForce&Gracemodels(black) 78858001 $ 6.00

Rental•Speedfit/Fastec1X2 Disk: Speedfit&Fastecmodels 78333801 Aftermarket $ 30.00

1X8 Screw 4X4 M6X20: Speedfit&Fastecmodels 78620501 $ 4.00

Rental•Speedfit1X2 Ankle Strap 78697201 $ 22.00

1X2 AluminumBuckle+ScrewM5+SavenutM5X8 12025801 $ 10.00

1X2 PlasticBuckle+ScrewM5+SavenutM5X8 78619001 $ 8.00

1X2 Quick cricket: Tool free ankle strap adjustment 78619101 $ 8.00

1X2 TOE: SawbladeFastFitTooth Straps 9,5 mm hole: 78619201 $ 4.00

1X2 ANKLE:Sawblade straps for bolt gard 05+ 9,5 mm hole: 78619301 $ 4.00

1X2 Holding Fast Fit: Toestrap snap support easy base 78619401 $ 4.00

1X2 Toestrap L/XL . (S/M couper 1 trou pour petite taille) 78619559 $ 15.00

1X2 Heelcup lever 78620601 $ 4.00

1X4 Highbackscrew+bush+nutM6. 78620701 $ 4.00

1X2 Forwardleanscrew+washer+savenutM5X10 78620901 $ 4.00

1X1 Highback +FWLadjuster+screw10- S/M: 78621101 $ 16.00

1X1 HighbackCoredOut+FWLadjuster+screw10+ L/XL, S/M: 12026601 $ 7.00

1X2 ForwardleanadjusterHB+screw&nutM5x1010- S/M: 78621301 $ 6.00

1X2 ForwardleanadjusterHB+screw&nutM5x1010- L/XL: 78621401 $ 6.00

1X2 ForwardleanadjusterHB+screw&nutM5x1010- L/XL, S/M: 12026901 $ 2.00

1X2 L&R Scratchs+Springs+Covers+Levers+Screws 78840001 $ 20.00

1X6 Plug for base plate 12027401 $ 7.00

1X2L+R FrontPad+Screws S/M: 10834655 M/L: 10834658 $ 4,00

Rental•Fastec1X2L+R KitAnklestrapFastec 10835401 $ 15,00

1X2 KitToestrapFastec 10835501 $ 15,00

1X2L+R Toe strap adjuster 10835601 $ 4,00

1X2L+R Anklestrapadjuster(specialnut,screwM5x8,safetywasher,connectionnut) 10835701 $ 4,00

1X2L+R ARSAutoreleasebucklesKIT(M5x8screw,Bucklecam,NutM5,safetywasher) 10835801 $ 10,00

1X2L+R Scratchs+Springs+Covers+Levers+Screws S/M M/L: 10835955 L/XL: 10835957 $ 20,00


SPM 11 EN.indb 82 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS

SnoWBoard BootS liners

1X2 FULLCUSTOMFIT Pro - AllModelsExceptTalapus&Fmodels

23.0-23.5: 78835921 24.0-24.5: 78835923 25.0-25.5: 78835925 26.0-26.5: 78835928 27.0-27.5: 78835930 28.0-28.5: 78835932

29.0-29.5: 78835935 30.0-30.5: 78835937 $ 122.00

1X2 CUSTOMFIT- AllModelsExceptTalapus&Fmodels

23.0-23.5: 78836021 24.0-24.5: 78836023 25.0-25.5: 78836025 26.0-26.5: 78836028 27.0-27.5: 78836030 28.0-28.5: 78836032

29.0-29.5: 78836035 30.0-30.5: 78836037 $ 74.00

inner Soles

1X2 AllmodelsexceptTalapus

23.0: 78611721 23.5: 78611722 24.0: 78611723 24.5: 78611724 25.0: 78611725 25.5: 78611726 26.0: 78611728 26.5: 78611729 27.0: 78611730 27.5: 78611731 28.0: 78611732 28.5: 78611733 29.0: 78611735 29.5: 78611736 30.0: 78611737 30.5: 78611738

$ 11.00

laces1X2 Power Lace handle (All models) with Power Lace 78396101 $ 8.00

1X2 Lace Pulley (All models) with SPL lace 10836201 $ 3,00

1X2 Combo closed + lace: for SPL models only 10836101 $ 2,00

1X2 Minicombo Main Part 09-AllmodelsexceptKamooksandTalapus 99494501 $ 7.00

1X2 Minicombo Main Part 10+AllmodelsexceptKamooksandTalapus 12038601 $ 2.00

1X2 Power Lace Locker (All models) 78396201 $ 5.00

1X2 LINERKevlarLaceLocker(All models) 78396301 $ 5.00

1X4 Open Top Hook Block / Crochet • All authentic models 08- Lace hook or Top Block 78396501 $ 5.00

1X4 Closed Bottom Hook Block / Crochet • All authentic models 08- Eyestack Block 78396601 $ 5.00

1X2 Open Eyestay block (Fusionmodelsonly) 19578501 $ 4.00

1X2 Closed Eyestay block (Fusionmodelsonly) 19578601 $ 4.00

1X8 Open Top Hook Block: All Authentic models 09+ 10837301 $ 4,00

1X4 Closed Eyestay / Bottom Hook Block: All Authentic models 09+ 10837101 $ 4,00

1X2 Metal hook 10837401 $ 2,00

1X2 Lace (all Power Lace models)

(black) 25.5: 78396026 28.5: 78396733 31.5: 78396841 $ 2.00

(black) 225 cm / 31.5: 12038941 $ 2.00

(white) 225 cm / 31.5: 12039041 $ 2.00

(dark brown) 225 cm / 31.5: 12039141 $ 2.00

(red) 225 cm / 31.5: 12039241 $ 2.00

1X1 (All models) Liner kevlar lace (black) 25 m 78396401 $ 17.00

1X2 BigSpeedLaceLocker+Lace 78836101 $ 10.00

1X2 SpeedLaceLocker+Lace 88935501 $ 2.50

1X2 New combo («tongue lace locker with springs») 99494701 $ 4.00

1X2 BOA coiler reel • O6 (B521) All BOA models 06- 19578701 $ 40.00

1X2 BOA coiler reel • H2(B779B)AllBOAmodels10+ 12038701 $ 18.00

1X2 BOA Lace cable • All BOA models 130 cm / 22.0-26.5: 19578801 $ 14.00

1X2 BOA Lace cable • All BOA models 10+ 140 cm / 27.0-31.5: 12039301 $ 4.00

snowBoard BIndIngs > 83


SPM 11 EN.indb 83 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Spare partS footwear > 84

footWear laces

1X2 Mountain Lace (grey)1,60 m: 86065401 1,80 m: 86065501 $ 6.00

2,00 m: 86065601 $ 6.00

1X2Junior lace (black) 1,00 m: 86065101 $ 6.00

Footwearlace (black) 1,30 m: 86065201 (grey) 1,30 m: 86065301 $ 6.00

1X2 QuickLaceKit(black): 86065701 $ 6.00

(grey): 86065801 $ 8.00

1X2 QuickLaceSmallKit(black): 12012301 $ 4.50

(grey): 12012401 $ 4.50

Poulies•LaceHooks&Loops1X10 Plastic (black) 86067301 $ 6.00

1X10 Lace Hook 86067401 $ 8.00

inner Soles

1X2 EVAinsolesdecut&perforated3,5/4: 86065921 4,5/5: 86065923 5,5/6: 86065925 6,5/7: 86065927

7,5/8: 86065929 8,5/9: 86065931 9,5/10: 86065933 10,5/11: 86065935 11,5/12: 86065937 12,5/13: 86065939

$ 10.00

1X2 MoldedFeltSockliner

3,5: 86068220 4,0: 86068221 4,5: 86068222 5,0: 86068223 5,5: 86068224 6,0: 86068225 6,5: 86068226 7,0: 86068227 7,5: 86068228 8,0: 86068229

8,5: 86068230 9,0: 86068231 9,5: 86068232 10,0: 86068233 10,5: 86068234 11,0: 86068235 11,5: 86068236 12,0: 86068237 12,5: 86068238

13,0: 86068239

$ 14.00


SPM 11 EN.indb 84 10/14/10 4:29 PM

replacement proceduresStep one. Verifybycustomerreceiptorproductioncodethatthedefectivecomponent is under warranty. (Warranty claims should be handled through Authorized Dealers to ensure speed and accuracy of product replacement. Please do not refer a customer directly to Salomon.)Step two: Call customer service for return authorization number. (Thereisnolongeranexpresswarrantyform.)Step three: Return the defective set to Salomon with the return authorization number clearly printed on the outside of the package. Return the entire set, unless otherwise instructed by customer service.Ship the package freight pre-paid to:uSa canada Salomon Service Center Salomon Canada Sports Building 5X, Bay 6 Division of Amer Sports Canada Inc. 710 West Amidan Drive 3545 Thimens Blvd. Ogden,UT84404 Saint-Laurent,QuebecH4R1V5Uponadealer’srequesttoCustomerService,awarrantyreplacementcompo-nent can be shipped in advance to the dealer before it is inspected at Salomon’s Service Center. Salomon will invoice the dealer for the replacement component and issue a credit when the defective component is received and verified. If the defectivecomponentexchangedfortheadvancereplacementisnotreceivedwithin 45 days from the issue of the Return Authorization Number, or proves not to be defective, no credit will be issued for the replacement product.Step four: Salomon will ship the replacement product to the dealer, surface freight pre-paid, after verification of the defect.

Salomon Service centerIn the event an unusual situation is encountered or a technical question arises please call the Salomon Service Center at:uSa 1-800-654-2668 can 1-800-361-3398ext.1142

warranty > 85

Salomon Retail Alpine Bindings are covered under warranty against defects in materials and manufacturing for a period of five years from their date of purchase to the original customer. In the absence of proof-of-purchase, this warranty period will be five years from date of manufacture of the product as indicated by production code. This warranty only covers the defective component, not the full pair or set, i.e., left toe piece, brake, right heel, etc. Abuse and normal wear are not covered by this warranty.

Mechanical inspection failuresNormalwearisexpectedwiththeuseofaproduct.Shouldacomponentfailamechanicalinspection(measuredreleasevaluesthatfalloutsidethe“In-UseRange”) within its warranty period, include the following information with the returned component.•Descriptionofinspectionthatthecomponentfailed.•Brandoftestdeviceanddateofmostrecentcalibration.•SkierCodeandvisualindicatorsetting.•Bootbrand,modelandsolelength.•Allmeasuredreleasevaluesandnameofthetechnician.

Every Salomon binding component is precision tested to assure its accuracy duringmanufacture.Itisextremelyrarethatacomponentwouldbeoutofcalibration unless there is visible damage. All bindings returned due to me-chanical testing failures are inspected. No replacement product will be issued unless all required information is included with the product.

product age VerificationVerification that the product is within the warranty period can be made in the following two ways: 1. Customer receipt indicating product was purchased within the last five years.2. Component production code* indicating manufacture of product within last five

years.

Salomon alpine skis, Snowblade and boots are warranted for a period of 2 years from date of original purchase. To determine the period covered by the warranty, the customer has to show the sales receipt.The Salomon Snowblade warranty can only function if the customer presents the Snowblade unit to the dealer as it was sold (ski and binding). If not, the warranty cannot be honored.Salomon pilot set warrantyThe skis are covered for 2 years from the date of original purchase. The bindings are covered by a 5 years warranty from the date of original purchase.

Ski: if there is a problem that is covered by the warranty (breakage, pulled edge…) that occurs during the warranty period (2 years), Salomon will replace either the Ski + Binding unit or the Ski only at our discretion.Binding: if there is a problem that is covered by the Salomon warranty (breakage, binding pulled-out…) that occurs during the warranty period (5 years), Salomon will replace the Binding only,exceptifthedamagecon-cernsthebrakeortheAFDplate.Inthiscase, Salomon will replace the defec-tive part(s) with spare parts.Salomon’s only liability as regards this warranty will be to repair or replace the

defective product with a model or pair within the limits of available stock. These warranties cover skis, Snowblade, bindings against manufacturing defects.However, these warranties do not cover damage resulting from transport, handling, storage, failure by the cli-

ent to follow the instructions for use, modification of the product or normal wear and tear. In case of damage to a product caused by an accident or misuse, please consult Salomon Customer Service for advice on possible repair or replacement.

Ski problems not covered by the warrantyproblems SolutionsBent skis Contact subsidiary for more informationtop surface Can be repairedtip protector Can be repaired with spare partstail protector Cannot be repairedrunning surface Can be repairedBinding pull-out Can be repaired with insertspulled edge Can be repaired

Forallotherproblems,contactthesubsidiaryCustomerService.

Salomon helmets and poles are guar-anteed against defects in materials and manufacturing for a period of one year from their date of purchase*.This warranty only covers the defective compo nents. Claims arising from im-proper storage of product, modification, abuse and normal wear are not covered

by this warranty. This warranty applies only to products sold by an Authorized SalomonDealer.Forwarrantyservice,present the defective helmet with the original sales receipt to your nearest Authorized Salomon Dealer.* This warranty may vary in some countries.

Salomon’s only liability regarding this warranty will be to repair or replace the defective product with a model in an available version.Warning:The Salomon helmets are designed only for the following activities: ski, snow-board and skiboard (Snowblade®).

They are not designed to be used on motorbikes or for other sports, me-chanical or not.The Alpine Salomon poles are designed for cross country or downhill skiing only, exceptfortheadjustablepolesthatcanbe used for downhill skiing and hiking.

note* All Salomon binding components are stamped with a two- or three-digit code upon their

final production to indicate month and year of production. Normally, codes are a letter followed by a number, with the letter indicating month of produc tion. Each number cor-responds to the actual year of production, i.e., 3 would indicate 2003, 4 would indicate 2004, etc. To simplify the warranty process, product age is determined by the year of production only. Retail bindings with a production code indicating that the bindings were manufac tured in 2006 (e.g., A6, M6) will be warranted until the end of the 2010/2011 ski season. Production codes are stamped in various places on all binding components.

Salomon retail Binding limited Warranty

Salomon alpine Skis, Snowblade & Boot Warranty

Salomon helmet & alpine pole Warranty

Warranty

SPM 11 EN.indb 85 10/14/10 4:29 PM

SalomonSports.comPrinted in Canada

Salomon u.S.a.2030 LINCOLN AvE.OGDEN, UT 84401 U.S.A.1 (800) 225-6850www.salomoncertification.com

Salomon canada Sports2700 14Th AvE UNIT 1-4MARKhAM, ON L3R 0J1www.salomonhookup.ca

SPM 11 EN.indb 86 10/14/10 4:29 PM

Date post:	04-Mar-2016
Category:	Documents
Upload:	dci-ag
View:	331 times
Download:	5 times

Salomon Shop Practice Manual

Documents